Skip to main content

Full text of "The art of the book"

See other formats


*U.i'')<h: 


THE  ART  OF  THE  BOOK 


THE  ART  OF 

THE  BOOK 


A  REVIEW  OF  SOME 
RECENT  EUROPEAN 
AND  AMERICAN  WORK 
IN  TYPOGRAPHY,  PAGE 
DECORATION  &  BINDING 


CHARLES  HOLME,  EDITOR 


MCMXIV 

..THE   STUDIO"  LTD. 

LONDON,  PARIS,   NEW  YORK 


Digitized  by  tlie  Internet  Arcliive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

Tlie  Ontario  College  of  Art  &  Design 


littp://www.archive.org/details/artofbool^OOIiolm 


PREFATORY  NOTE 

THE  Editor  desires  to  express  his  thanks  to  the  following  who 
have  kindly  assisted  in  the  preparation  of  this  volume  : — to 
the  Trustees  of  the  Kelmscott  Press  for  permission  to  repro- 
duce the  pages  printed  in  the  three  types  designed  by  William 
Morris,  and  to  Mr.  Emery  Walker  for  the  valuable  assistance 
he  has  rendered  in  the  reproductions  of  these  particular  pages,  and  also 
the  page  of  Proctor's  Greek  type ;  to  Mr.  Lucien  Pissarro  for  allowing 
the  three  pages  by  the  Eragny  Press  to  appear;  to  Mr.  C.  H.  St.  John 
Hornby,  whose  page  by  the  Ashendene  Press  has  been  especially  set  up 
for  this  volume ;  to  Mr.  Philip  Lee  Warner  for  permission  to  show  two 
pages  by  the  Riccardi  Press ;  to  Messrs.  Chatto  &  Windus  for  the 
page  by  the  Florence  Press;  to  Messrs.  Methuen  &  Co.  for  the  page 
printed  in  the  "  Ewell  "  type  ;  to  Messrs.  H.  W.  Caslon  &  Co.  for  the 
page  of  their  new  "  Kennerley  "  type  ;  to  Messrs.  P.  M.  Shanks  &  Sons 
for  the  page  of  "Dolphin  Old  Style"  type;  to  Mr.  F.  V.  Burridge 
for  the  two  pages  especially  set  up  at  the  London  County 
Council  Central  School  of  Arts  and  Crafts ;  to  Messrs.  George  Allen 
&  Co.  for  permission  to  reproduce  the  two  pages  designed  by  Mr. 
Walter  Crane  ;  to  Mr.  Percy  J.  Smith  for  the  book-opening  designed 
by  him ;  to  the  Cuala  Press,  the  Vincent  Press,  the  Reigate  Press, 
Messrs.  B.  T.  Batsford,  Messrs.  J.  M.  Dent  &  Sons,  Messrs.  George 
Routledge  &  Sons,  Messrs.  Siegle,  Hill  &  Co.,  for  permission  to  show 
various  pages  from  their  publications;  and  toMr.J.  Walter  West, R.W.S., 
for  the  pages  designed  by  him.  M  The  Editor's  thanks  are  due  to  the 
various  bookbinders  whose  work  has  been  lent  for  illustration,  and  to 
Monsieur  Emile  Levy  for  the  loan  of  the  photographs  of  Mr.  Douglas 
Cockerell's  bindings;  to  Mr.  John  Lane  for  permission  to  illustrate  the 
cover  designs  by  Aubrey  Beardsley ;  and  to  Messrs.  George  Newnes  for 
the  end-paper  design  by  Mr.  Granville  Fell.  M  The  Editor  is  also  in- 
debted to  the  various  Continental  and  American  publishers,  printers, 
type-founders,  bookbinders  and  book-decorators  who  have  kindly  placed 
at  his  disposal  the  examples  of  their  work  shown  in  the  foreign  sections ; 
particularly  to  Herren  Gebriider  Klingspor,  the  Bauersche  Giesserei, 
Herr  Emil  Gursch,  Herr  D.  Stempel,  Herren  Genzsch  and  Heyse, 
MM.  G.  Peignot  et  fils.  Monsieur  L.  Pichon,  and  Monsieur  Jules 
Meynial  for  the  pages  of  type  especially  set  up  for  this  volume. 


LIST  OF  ARTICLES 


British  Types  for  Printing  Books. 
Fine  Bookbinding  in  England. 
The  Art  of  the  Book  in  Germany. 
The  Art  of  the  Book  in  France. 
The  Art  of  the  Book  in  Austria. 
The  Art  of  the  Book  in  Hungary 
The  Art  of  the  Book  in  Sweden. 
The  Art  of  the  Book  in  America. 


By  Bernard  H.  Newdigate 
By  Douglas  Cockerell 
By  L.  Deubner 
By  E.  A.  Taylor 
By  A.  S.  Levetus 


By  August  Brunius 

By  William  Dana  Orcutt 


PAGE 

3 
69 

231 
259 


Vll 


GREAT  BRITAIN 


BRITISH    TYPES    FOR    PRINTING 
BOOKS.  BY  BERNARD  H.  NEWDIGATE 

TO  judge  rightly  of  the  good  or  bad  features  of  types  used  for 
printing  books,  we  should  have  some  acquaintance  at  least 
with  the  earlier  forms  from  which  our  modern  types  have 
come.    Let  us  therefore  glance  at  the  history  of  the  letter 
from  which  English  books  are  printed  to-day.  JS  The  earliest 
printed  books,  such  as  the  Mainz  Bible  and  Psalters,  were  printed  in 
Gothic  letter,  which  in  its  general  character  copied  the  book-hands 
used  by  the  scribes  in  Germany,  where  these  books  were  printed.   In 
Italy,  on  the  other  hand,  the  Gothic  hand  did  not  satisfy  the  fastidious 
taste  of  the  scholars  of  the  Renaissance,  who  had  adopted  for  their  own 
a  handwriting  of  which  the  majuscule  letters  were  inspired,  or  at  least 
influenced,  by  the  letter  used  in  classical  Rome,  of  which  so  many  admir- 
able examples  had  survived  in  the  old  monumental  inscriptions.   For  the 
small  letters  they  went  back  to  the  fine  hand  which  by  the  eleventh  and 
twelfth  centuries  had  gradually  been  formed  out  of  the  Caroline  minus- 
cules of  the  ninth  and  had  become  the  standard  book-hand  of  the  greater 
part  of  Latin  Europe.    When  the  Germans  Sweynheim  and  Pannartz 
brought  printing  into  Italy,  they  first  printed  books  in  a  very  beautiful 
but  somewhat  heavy  Roman  letter  of  strong  Gothic  tendency.  It  seems, 
indeed,  to  have  been  somewhat  too  Gothic  for  the  refined  humanistic 
taste  of  that  day  ;    and  when  they  moved  their  press  to  Rome,  it  was 
discarded  in   favour   of  a  letter  more   like   the  fashionable    scrittura 
umanistica  of  the  Renaissance.   Other  Italian  printers  had  founts  both 
of  Gothic  and  of  Roman  types.   The  great  Venetian  printer  Jenson,  for 
instance,  and  many  of  his  fellows  printed  books  in  both  characters;  but 
the  Roman  gradually  prevailed,  first  in  Italy,  then  in  Spain  and  France, 
and  later  on  in  England.   In  Germany,  on  the  other  hand,  the  cradle- 
land  of  the  craft,  Gothic  letter  of  a  sadly  debased  type  has  held  its  own 
down  to  this  day.   Even  in  Germany,  however,  the  use  of  Roman  type 
has  gained  ground  of  late  years,  nationalist  feeling  notwithstanding.  J^ 
The  Roman  type  used  by  the  early  Italian  printers  is,  then,  the  proto- 
type from  which  all  other  Roman  founts  are  descended.    Its  develop- 
ment may  be  traced  through  such  Roman  type  as  was  used  by  Aldus  at 
Venice,  by  Froben  at  Basle,  by  the  Estiennes  in  Paris,  by  Berthelet 
and  Day  in  London,  by  Plantin  at  Antwerp,  by  the  Elzevirs  at  Leyden 
and  Amsterdam,  and  by  printers  generally  right  through  the  seventeenth 
century  and  the  greater  part  of  the  eighteenth.  Through  all  these  years 
types  still  kept  what  modern  printers  call  their  "  old-face  "  character, 
which  they  had  acquired  from  the  scrittura  umanistica  of  the  Italian 
Renaissance.     In  the  seventeenth  century  the  letters  of  the  Roman 

3 


alphabet  began  to  acquire  certain  new  features  at  the  hands  of  the 
copper-plate  engravers,  who  supplied  the  book  illustrations  of  the  period. 
Working  with  the  burin  instead  of  the  pen, they  naturally  used  a  sharper 
and  hner  line  and  also  modified  somewhat  the  curves  of  the  letters,  which 
tended  to  become  more  stilted  and  less  open.  The  tail  of  the  "R,"  for 
instance,  which  in  Jenson's  type  is  thrust  forward  at  an  angle  of  about 
forty-five  degrees,  at  the  hands  of  some  of  the  seventeenth-century  en- 
gravers tends  to  drop  more  vertically,  as  in  the  "  R"  of"  modern  "  type, 
the  development  of  which  we  are  seeking  to  trace.  How  far  and  how 
soon  the  lettering  of  the  engravers  of  illustrations  came  to  modify  the 
letters  cast  by  the  type-founders  is  a  question  which  invites  further 
research.  A  material  piece  of  evidence  is  supplied  by  the  "  Horace  " 
printed  by  John  Pine  in  1733.  Instead  of  being  printed  from  type,  the 
text  of  this  book,  together  with  the  ornaments  and  illustrations,  was 
printed  from  engraved  copperplates.  In  date  it  was  some  sixty  years 
prior  to  the  earliest  books  printed  in  "modern-faced"  type  in  this 
country ;  yet  in  the  cut  of  the  lines  and  the  actual  shape  of  the  letters 
many  distinguishing  features  of  the  "  modern  "  face  may  already  be 
traced.  What  these  features  became  may  be  seen  best  by  comparing  an 
alphabet  of  the  "  old  "  with  one  of  the  "  modern  "  face  printed  below  it : 

ABCDEFGHI J  KLMNOPQRSTUV 
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV 

WXYZ     1234567890 
AVXYZ     123456*7890 

abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 
abcdcfgliijkliiiiiopqrstiivwxyz 

The  "modern  "  tendency  may  be  seen  in  certain  features  of  the  types 
designed  by  Baskerville,  who  printed  his  first  book  in  1757  ;  but  it  is  not 
nearly  so  pronounced  as  in  Pine's  "Horace, "engraved  twenty-four  years 
earlier.  Baskerville's  editions  had  an  enormous  vogue,  not  only  in  this 
country  but  on  the  Continent  also, where  they  had  considerable  influence 
on  the  style  of  printing  which  then  prevailed.  Amongst  those  who  felt 
this  influence  was  Giambattista  Bodoni,  a  scholar  and  printer  of  Parma, 
which  city  has  lately  kept  the  centenary  of  his  death.  To  Bodoni  more 
than  anyone  else  the  so-called  "  modern-face"  is  due.  He  cast  a  large 
number  of  founts,  narrow  in  the  "  set  "  or  width  of  the  letters  as  com- 

4 


pared  with  their  height,  and  having  the  excessively  fine  lines  and  the 
close  loops  and  curves  which  are  characteristic  of  that  face.     Like 
Baskerville  he  printed  his  books  with  very  great  care  on  a  spacious 
page  in  large  and  heavily-leaded  type;   and  although  an  occasional 
protest  was  raised  against  the  ugliness  of  his  letter,  his  books  caught 
the  taste  of  his  day,  and  his  type  was  copied  by   all  the   English 
type-founders  of  the  time.     The  new  fashion  completely  drove  out 
the  older  tradition,  which  dated  from  the  very  invention  of  print- 
ing;   and  from  the  closing  years  of  the  eighteenth  to  the  middle  of 
the    ninteenth    century    books    were  printed  almost    exclusively  in 
"  modern-faced"  type.  Jff  The  older  and  more  authentic  letter  had  its 
revenge  in    1843,  when  the  publisher,  William  Pickering,  arranged 
with  his  friend  Charles  Whittingham,  the  printer,  to  produce  a  hand- 
some edition  of  Juvenal  as  a  "  leaving-present  "  for  Eton  ;  and  the  book 
was  to  be  printed  from  the  discarded  type  first  cut  by  William  Caslon 
about  the  year  1724.    Prior  to  that  time  English  printers  had  gone  to 
Holland  for  most  of  their  type  ;   but  Caslon's  types  surpassed  in  beauty 
any  hitherto  used  in  England,  and  the  best  English  printing  had  been 
done  from  them  till  near  the  end  of  the  century,  when  they  were  driven 
out  by  the  "modern"  face.   Before  the  Juvenal  was  issued,  a  romance 
entitled  "  The  Diary  of  Lady  Willoughby,"  dealing  with  the  period 
of  the  Civil  Wars,  was  also  printed  in  old-faced  type  cast  from  William 
Caslon's  matrices,  so  as  to  impart  to  the  book  a  flavour  of  the  period  at 
which  the  diarist  was  supposed  to  be  writing.  It  was  the  day  of  Pugin 
and  of  the  Gothic  revival ;  and  the  public  taste  was  won  by  the  appear- 
ance  of  this  book,  printed  in  old-fashioned  guise   in  the   selfsame 
type  which  had  been  cast  aside  half  a  century  before.  Type-founders 
are  generally  quick  to  follow  one  another's  lead  in  new  fashions  ;   and 
before  long  every  type-founder  in  England  had  cut  punches  and  cast 
letter  in  that  modified  form  of  Caslon's  old-faced  type  which  printers  call 
"old-style."   Mr.  Adeney  of  the  Reigate  Press  has  used  an  "  old-style  " 
fount  in  the  extract  from  Camden's  "  Britannia  "  reproduced  on  a  very 
small  scale  on  page  57.    The  "  old-style  "  character  and  the  points  in 
which  it  is  either  like  or  unlike  the  more  authentic  old-faced  letter  may  be 
seen  by  comparing  the  two.  The  lower  of  these  founts  is  the  "  old-style  " : 

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV 

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV 

WXYZ     1234567890 
WXYZ      1234567890 


abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 

abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 


The  favour  which  the  revived  "  old-face  "  and  the  new  "  old-style  " 
letter  won  for  themselves  in  the  middle  of  last  century  has  suffered  no 
diminution  since.  The  ugly  "  modern-face,"  which  we  owe  to  Bodoni, 
is  still  used  almost  exclusively  for  certain  classes  of  work  and  alter- 
natively for  others  ;  so  that  the  printer  is  bound  to  be  familiar  with 
all  three.  For  book-printing  at  the  present  day  the  "  old  style " 
and  the  "  old-face  "  are  used  much  more  than  the  modern.  JS  During 
the  hftv  years  that  followed  the  revived  use  of  Caslon's  types  by 
the  Whittinghams  there  is  little  else  to  record  about  the  designs  of  the 
types  used  for  printing  books, until  about  the  year  1890,  when  William 
Morris  set  himself  to  design  type, fired  thereto  by  a  lecture,  given  by  Mr. 
Emery  Walker,  on  the  work  of  the  Early  Printers,  to  which  he  had 
listened.  In  the  "Note  by  William  Morris  on  his  aims  in  founding 
the  Kelmscott  Press,"  printed  after  his  death,  he  writes  of  the  purpose 
which  led  him  to  print  books,  and  of  the  character  besought  to  give  his 
letter  :  "  I  began  printing  books  with  the  hope  of  producing  some 
which  would  have  a  definite  claim  to  beauty,  while  at  the  same  time 
they  should  be  easy  to  read  and  should  not  dazzle  the  eye  by  eccentricity 
of  form  in  the  letters.  I  have  always  been  a  great  admirer  of  the  calli- 
graphy of  the  Middle  Ages  and  of  the  earlier  printing  which  took  its 
place.  As  to  the  fifteenth-century  books,  I  had  noticed  that  they  were 
always  beautiful  by  force  of  the  mere  typography,  even  without  the 
added  ornament  with  which  many  of  them'  are  so  lavishly  supplied. 
And  it  was  the  essence  of  my  undertaking  to  produce  books  which  it 
would  be  a  pleasure  to  look  upon  as  pieces  of  printing  and  arrangement 
of  type.  .  .  .  Next  as  to  type.  By  instinct  rather  than  by  conscious 
thinking  it  over,  I  began  by  getting  myself  a  fount  of  Roman  type.  And 
here  what  I  wanted  was  letter  pure  in  form  ;  severe  without  needless 
excrescences  ;  solid  without  the  thickening  and  thinning  of  the  line, 
which  is  the  essential  fault  of  the  ordinary  modern  type  and  which 
makes  it  difficult  to  read  ;  and  not  compressed  laterally,  as  all  later  type 
has  grown  to  be  owing  to  commercial  exigencies.  There  was  only  one 
source  from  which  to  take  examples  of  this  perfected  Roman  type,  to 
wit,  the  works  of  the  great  Venetian  printers  of  the  fifteenth  century,  of 
whom  Nicholas  Jenson  produced  the  completest  and  most  Roman  char- 
acters from  1470  to  1476.  This  type  I  studied  with  much  care,  getting 
it  photographed  to  a  big  scale,  and  drawing  it  over  many  times  before  I 
began  designing  my  own  letter  ;  so  that,  though  I  think  I  mastered  the 
6 


essence  of  it,  I  did  not  copy  it  servilely  ;  in  fact,  my  Roman  type,  espe- 
cially in  the  lower  case,  tends  rather  more  to  the  Gothic  than  does 
Jenson's.  After  a  while  I  felt  I  must  have  a  Gothic  as  well  as  a  Roman 
fount  ;  and  herein  the  task  I  set  myself  was  to  redeem  the  Gothic  char- 
acter from  the  charge  of  unreadableness  which  is  commonly  brought 
against  it.  And  I  felt  that  this  charge  could  not  be  reasonably  brought 
against  the  types  of  the  first  two  decades  of  printing  :  that  SchoefFer  at 
Mainz,MentelinatStrassburg,andGLintherZaineratAugsburg,avoided 
the  spiky  ends  and  undue  compression  which  lay  some  of  the  later  types 
open  to  the  above  charge.  .  .  .  Keeping  my  end  steadily  in  view,  I  de- 
signed a  black-letter  type  which  I  think  I  may  claim  to  be  as  readable 
as  a  Roman  one,  and  to  say  the  truth  I  prefer  it  to  the  Roman.  This 
type  is  of  the  size  called  Great  Primer  (the  Roman  type  is  of  '  English  ' 
size)  ;  but  later  on  I  was  driven  by  the  necessities  of  the  Chaucer  (a 
double-columned  book)  to  get  a  similar  Gothic  fount  of  Pica  size."  JS 
Pages  printed  in  each  of  Morris's  three  founts  of  type  are  reproduced 
here  on  pages  14,  15,  17  and  ig.  It  is  interesting  to  compare  Morris's 
"Golden"  type — so  he  called  his  Roman  fount  after  the  "Golden  Le- 
gend," which  he  printed  from  it — with  the  Roman  letter  of  the  Italian 
printers,  which  he  studied  with  so  much  care  before  he  began  to  design 
his  type.  The  "Golden"  type  is  much  heavier  in  face  than,  say,  that  ot 
Jenson  ;  and  it  certainly  lacks  the  suppleness  and  grace  of  the  Italian  types 
generally.  As  a  point  of  detail  we  may  notice  especially  the  brick-bat 
serifs  used  on  Morris's  capital  "M  "  and  "N,"  giving  a  certain  clumsiness 
to  these  letters.  The  two  Gothic  letter  founts  which  Morris  designed, 
on  the  other  hand,  must  be  regarded  as  amongst  the  most  beautiful  ever 
cast.  William  Morris's  types  should  be  judged  on  the  setting  of  richly 
decorated  borders  which  he  designed  for  his  pages.  Adding  to  these  the 
designs  of  Sir  Edward  Burne-Jones,  engraved  on  wood  by  W.  H.  Hooper, 
we  have  in  the  Kelmscott  "  Chaucer  "  the  most  splendid  book  which  has 
ever  been  printed.  JS  The  "Golden  "  type  of  the  Kelmscott  Press  was 
copied  freely  in  America  and  sent  back  to  the  country  of  its  birth  under 
several  different  names.  In  somewhat  debased  forms  it  had  a  vogue  for 
a  time  as  a  "jobbing"  fount  amongst  printers  who  knew  little  or 
nothing  of  the  Kelmscott  Press ;  but  the  heaviness  of  its  line  and  also 
its  departure  from  accepted  forms  kept  it  from  coming  into  general  use 
for  printing  books.  The  interest  awakened  by  the  books  printed  by 
William  Morris  at  Hammersmith  tempted  many  more  to  set  up  private 
presses  or  to  design  private  founts  of  type  when  the  work  of  the  Kelm- 
scott Press  came  to  an  end  after  Morris's  death,  which  took  place  in 
1 896.  Most  of  such  founts  and  the  best  of  them  followed  more  or  less 
closely  the  letter  of  the  early  Italian  printers,  which,  as  we  have  seen,  are 
the  prototypes  of  our  book  letter  of  to-day.   Even  before  the  founding 

7 


of  the  Kelmscott  Press  Mr.  Charles  Ricketts  had  designed  books,  using 
some  of  the  "old  style"  faces  which  were  in  general  use.    When  the 
Kelmscott  Press  books  appeared,  he  too  was  won  over  by  what  he  called 
the  "  golden  sunny  pages  "  of  the  early  Italian  printers,  and  designed 
for  himself  the  "Vale"  type.   In  weight  and  general  appearance  it  bears 
considerable  likeness  to  Morris's  "  Golden  "  type,  and  in  some  ways  is 
an  improvement  on  it.    Mr.  Ricketts  afterwards  had  the  same  letter 
cast  in  a  smaller  size  for  his  edition  of  Shakespeare,  whence  its  name 
of  the  "  Avon  "  type.    He  also  designed  another  letter,  the  interest  of 
which  lies  in  certain  experiments  towards  the  reform  of  the  alphabet 
which  it  embodies.   In  the  "King's"  type,  as  Mr.  Ricketts  called  it, 
many  of  the  minuscule  letters,  such  as  e,  g,  t,  are  replaced  by  small  ma- 
juscules.   Such  a  departure  from  traditional  use  is  too  violent  to  give 
pleasure,  and  only  two  or  three  books  were  printed  in  this  letter.    The 
three  Vale  Press  founts  and  also  the  punches  and  matrices  were  des- 
troyed when  the  Press  ceased  publishing.  Jff  Mr.  T.  J.  Cobden-San- 
derson  and  Mr.  Emery  Walker  set  up  the  Doves  Press  at  Hammer- 
smith in  1 900,  and  designed  and  got  cast  for  themselves  a  fount  of  type 
which  follows  Jenson's  Roman  type  very  closely.  It  differs  from  it  chieiiy 
in  the  greater  regularity  of  its  lines,  and  also  in  the  squareness  and 
brick-bat  shape  of  some  of  the  serifs,  which  are,  however,  less  conspicu- 
ous than  in  Morris's  "  Golden  "  type.    The  Doves  Press  books,  unlike 
those  of  the  Kelmscott  Press,  are  entirely  free  from  ornament  or  decora- 
tion, and  owe  their  remarkable  beauty  to  what  Morris  styled  the  archi- 
tectural goodness  of  the  pages  and  also  to  thefine  versal  and  initial  letters 
done  by  Mr.  Edward  Johnston  and  Mr.  Graily  Hewitt.   Later  on  we 
shall  have  something  more  to  say  about  the  work  of  these  men  and  their 
school.  J&  The  type  of  the  Ashendene  Press  (p.  23)  is  modelled  from  that 
in  which  Sweynheim  and  Pannartzprinted  Hooks  at  Subiaco, and  which, 
as  we  have  seen,  they  replaced  by  a  purer  Roman  letter  more  in  accord 
with  the  humanistic  taste  oftheir  day.  Morris  himselfdesigned, but  never 
carried  out,afount  of  letter  afterthe  same  fine  model.  It  is  a  Roman  type, 
with  many  Gothic  features.  The  folio  "  Dante,"  the  "  Morte  Darthur," 
the  Virgil  and  the  other  books  which  Mr.  St.  John  Hornby  has  printed 
from  it  in  black  and  red,  with  occasional  blue  and  gold,  are  superb  ex- 
amples of  typography.  3&  Mr.  Lucien  Pissarro's  little  octavos  have  a  cer- 
tain personal  charm  of  their  own  distinct  from  any  thing  that  is  found  in  the 
more  weighty  volumes  which  have  issued  from  the  other  private  presses. 
Thefirst  bookswhich  heproduced  at  his  Eragny  Press  were  printed  from 
the  Vale  type  belonging  to  his  friend  Mr.  Ricketts.   In  1903  he  began 
printing  from  the  "Brook"  type  (pp.  25  to  29),  which  he  had  de- 
signed. Although  in  this  article  we  are  concerned  chiefly  with  his  types, 
it  is  impossible  to  withhold  a  tribute  of  praise  for  the  graceful  beauty  of 
8 


these  little  books,  which  they  owe  even  more  to  the  admirable  way 
in  which  their  different  elements  have  been  combined — type,  wood- 
engraving,.colour,  printing  and  binding,  all  of  them  the  work  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Pissarro  themselves — than  to  the  individual  excellence  of  any  one 
of  them.  M  Mr.C.  R,  Ashbee's  "Endeavour"  type  was  designed  by  him 
for  use  at  the  Essex  House  Press,  which  he  first  established  at  Upton  in 
the  eastern  suburbs  of  London  and  afterwards  removed  to  Chipping 
Campden  in  Gloucestershire.  It  owes  nothing  to  the  types  of  the  early 
printers,  and  taken  by  itself  is  not  pleasing  ;  but  it  makes  a  very  hand- 
some page  when  printed  in  red  and  black,  as  in  the  Campden  Song  Book. 
The  type  was  also  cut  in  large  size  for  King  Edward's  Prayer  Book,  one 
of  the  most  ambitious  ventures  of  any  private  press.  JS  Mr.  Herbert  P. 
Home  has  designed  three  founts,  all  of  them  inspired  by  the  Roman  letter 
of  the  early  Italian  printers.  The  "  Montallegro  "  type  (p.  265),  the  first 
in  order  of  date,  was  designed  for  Messrs.  Updike  and  Co.,  of  the  Merry- 
mount  Press,  Boston,  and  hardly  falls  within  the  scope  of  this  article. 
In  1907  he  designed  for  Messrs.  Chatto  and  Windus  a  fount  called  the 
"Florence"  type  (p.  3 1),  from  which  editions  of  "The  Romaunt  of  the 
Rose,"  "  The  Little  Flowers  of  St.  Francis,"  A.  C.  Swinburne's  "  Songs 
before  Sunrise,"  R.  L.  Stevenson's  "  Virginibus  Puerisque  "  and  also  his 
Poems  have  been  printed  at  the  Arden  Press  on  behalf  of  the  publishers. 
It  is  a  letter  of  a  clean,  light  face,  and  in  many  ways  might  serve  as  a 
model  for  a  book  type  for  general  use.  The  capital  letters  used  in  con- 
tinuous lines,  as  Aldus  and  other  great  Venetians  delighted  to  use  them, 
are  especially  charming.  Mr.  Home's  Riccardi  Press  type  (pp.  33  and 
3  5)  was  designed  for  the  Medici  Society, andmany  fine  editions,  amongst 
them  a  Horace,  Malory's  "  Morte  Darthur,"  and  "  The  Canterbury 
Tales,"  have  been  printed  from  it.  It  is  a  little  heavier  in  face 
than  its  predecessor,  the  "  Florence,"  and  is  a  little  further  removed 
from  the  humanistic  character.  The  type  has  also  been  cast  success- 
fully in  a  smaller  size.  M  To  the  number  of  privately  owned  founts 
of  type  we  must  add  the  "  Ewell "  (p.  37),  designed  by  Mr.  Douglas 
Cockerell  for  Messrs.  Methuen  and  Co.,  who  will  shortly  publish  the 
first  book  to  be  printed  from  it,  an  edition  of  the  "  Imitatio  Christi," 
It  is  a  heavy  but  very  graceful  letter,  based  on  one  used  by  the  Roman 
printer  Da  Lignamine.  M  One  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  privately 
owned  founts  is  the  "  Otter  "  Greek  type  designed  by  the  late  Mr. 
Robert  Proctor,  and  shown  in  the  page  from  the  Odyssey  printed  on 
page  43.  The  Greek  letter  from  which  most  of  our  school  classics  are 
printed  is  a  descendant  of  the  cursive  type  introduced  by  Aldus  at  the 
beginning  of  the  sixteenth  century,  and  has  the  merit  neither  of  beauty 
nor  of  clearness.  The  majuscules  are  especially  ugly,  being  nearly 
always  of  the  "  modern  "  type  which  we  owe  to  Bodoni.   Proctor  took 

9 


as  his  model  the  finest  of  the  old  Greek  founts,  which  was  that  used 
in  the  Complutensian  Polyglot  printed  in  1 514.  JS"  Amongst  the 
tvpes  sold  hv  the  founders  for  general  use  none  have  enjoyed  such 
successive  favour  as  Caslon's  *'  Old-Face  "  in  its  various  sizes  ;  and  it  is 
a  splendid  tribute  to  the  excellence  of  this  letter  that  at  this  day, 
nearly  two  centuries  since  it  was  first  cut,  it  is  being  used  more  than 
any  other  face  oftvpe  for  printing  fine  books.  This  Special  Number 
of  The  Studio  is  printed  from  Caslon's  "  Old-Face  "  type,  as  well 
as  the  pages,  set  up  at  the  Central  School  of  Arts  and  Crafts,  which  are 
shown  on  pages  45  and  47.  The  fame  of  Caslon's  letter  brought  other 
rivals  into  the  field  besides  Baskerville.  One  of  these  was  Joseph  Fry, 
a  Bristol  phvsician,  who  took  to  letter-founding  in  the  year  1764, 
and  cut  a  series  of  type  somewhat  like  Baskerville's.  A  few  years 
later,  however,  the  Caslon  character  seems  again  to  have  recovered  its 
old  ascendancv,  and  Fry  put  on  the  market  a  new  series  in  acknow- 
ledged imitation  of  Caslon's.  Both  these  series  of  Fry's  have  been 
reissued  within  the  last  few  years  by  Messrs.  Stephenson  and  Blake,  of 
Sheffield,  who,  in  1 906,  bought  the  type-founding  business  of  Sir  Charles 
Reed  and  Son,  to  whom  Fry's  business  had  eventually  come.  Like  the 
revived  Caslon  "Old-Face"  in  1843,  ^^^se  founts  were  cast  from  the  old 
matrices,  or  from  matrices  struck  from  the  old  punches,  so  far  as  these 
had  survived.  M  Since  the  "  old-style  "  founts  were  designed  about  the 
middle  of  last  century,  what  new  book  types  have  been  cast  by  the 
founders  for  use  by  the  printing  trade  generally  have  as  a  rule  been  mere 
variations  of  letter  already  in  vogue.  The  founders  have  drawn  but 
little  on  the  wealth  of  beautiful  book  types  which  in  the  early  printed 
books  of  Italy  are  offered  to  anyone  who  has  the  good  taste  and  the  skill 
to  adapt  them  to  modern  needs.  Messrs.  Shanks  and  Sons,  the  type- 
founders of  Red  Lion  Square,  have,  however,  gone  to  this  source  for 
their  "Dolphin  "series  (p.  41),  which  has  many  features  of  beauty  to  com- 
mend it.  It  is  based  on  Jenson's  Roman  letter,  somewhat  thickened  in 
the  line.  The  punches  were  cut  by  Mr.  E.  P.  Prince,  who  also  cut  the 
Kelmscott  type  and  many  others  of  the  private  founts.  M  Intelligent 
st  udy  of  Italian  models  also  gives  us  the  "Kennerley"  type  (p.  3  9),  designed 
by  the  American  Mr.  Goudy,  which  Messrs.  Caslon  will  shortly  put  on 
the  English  market.  This  type  is  not  in  any  sense  a  copy  of  early  letter — 
it  is  original ;  but  Mr.  Goudy  has  studied  type  design  to  such  good  pur- 
pose that  he  has  been  able  to  restore  to  the  Roman  alphabet  much  or 
that  lost  humanistic  character  which  the  first  Italian  printers  inherited 
from  their  predecessors,  the  scribes  of  the  early  Renaissance.  Besides 
being  beautiful  in  detail  his  type  is  beautiful  in  the  mass ;  and  the  letters 
when  set  intowordsseemtolock  into  one  anotherwithaclosenesswhich 
iscommon  in  the  letterof  early  printers,  but  is  rare  in  modern  type.  The 
10 


"  Kennerley  "  type  is  quite  clear  to  read  and  has  few  features  which  by 
their  strangeness  are  likely  to  waken  the  prejudice  of  the  modern  reader. 
Since  the  first  Caslon  began  casting  type  about  the  year  1 724,  no  such  ex- 
cellent letter  has  been  put  within  reach  of  English  printers.  JtfSo  large  is 
the  proportion  of  books  which  are  now  set  in  type  by  machinery  that, 
however  much  our  sympathies  may  make  us  prefer  the  hand-set  book, 
we  cannot  but  be  concerned  for  the  characters  used  in  machine  com- 
position. Type  set  by  machinery  generally  seems  to  be  inferior  in  design 
to  that  set  by  hand  ;  but  the  inferiority  is  in  the  main  accidental,  and  is 
probably  due  to  a  lesser  degree  of  technical  skill  shown  either  in  the 
designing  or  in  the  process  of  punch-cutting,  which  is  itself  done  by 
machinery.    One  or  two  admirable  faces  of  type  have,  however,  been 
produced  by  the  Lanston  Monotype  Company  for  setting  by  the  mono- 
type machine.   One  of  these  is  the  "  Imprint "  type,  adapted  from  one  of 
the  founts  used  by  Christopher  Plantin,  the  famous  printer  of  Antwerp, 
in  the  late  sixteenth  century.  The  letters  are  bold  and  clear,  and  pages 
set  in  them  are  both  pleasant  to  look  at  and  easy  to  read.  At  the  same 
time  the  type  is  sufficiently  modern  in  character  not  to  offend  by  any 
features  unfamiliar  to  the  ordinary  reader.  M  No  art  can  live  by  merely 
reviving  and  reproducing  past  forms,  and  in  reviewing  the  share  taken 
by  the  type-founders  of  the  past  and  of  the  present  in  the  art  of  the 
book  one  cannot  help  considering  by  what  means  and  from  what  quarter 
good  types  are  to  be  designed  and  cut  in  the  future.  We  have  seen 
that  the  early  printers  took  their  inspiration  from  the  best  of  the  con- 
temporary book-hands.  The  invention  of  printing,  however,  killed  the 
art  of  the  scribe,  and  with  it  perished  the  source  whence  during  the 
ages  past  life  and  beauty  had  been  given  to  the  letters  of  the  alphabet 
and  to  the  pages  in  which  they  were  gathered.   Henceforth  the  letters 
were  cast  in  lead,  and  there  was  no  influence  save  the  force  of  tradition 
to  make  or  keep  them  beautiful.    Whatever  change  they  underwent 
was  for  the  worse,  unless  indeed  it  was  a  mere  reversion  to  forms  or 
features  which  for  a  while  had  been  abandoned.  Jff  Conscious  of  this 
downward  tendency,  which  he  seems  to  look  upon  as  inevitable  and 
irresistible,  Mr.  Guthrie,  of  the  Pear-tree  Press  at  Bognor,has  renounced 
type  altogether,  and  now  prints  books,  like  William  Blake,  from  etched 
plates  inscribed  with  his  own  fine  book-hand.  Such  a  method  is,  of  course, 
not  practicable  for  the  vast  majority  of  books,  even  if  we  were  willing  to 
forgo  the  many  fine  qualities  which  are  presented  in  a  well-printed 
book.  Neither  is  any  such  counsel  of  despair  warranted,  for  of  late  years 
the  art  of  the  scribe  itself  has  been  renewed  ;  and  most  readers  of  The 
Studio  know  something  of  the  fine  work  done  by  the  school  of  cal- 
ligraphy established  some  ten  years  since  by  Mr,  Edward  Johnston,  and 
still  carried  on  by  his  pupil  Mr.  Graily  Hewitt  at  the  Central  School 

1 1 


of  Arts  and  Crafts  in  Southampton  Row,  London.  May  not  the  printer 
look  to  that  school  as  the  source  whence  the  type-designer  and  type- 
founder shall  learn  to  desi irn  and  cut  beautiful  letter  for  his  books  ? 
Not  indeed  that  tvpe-letter  should  be  a  mere  reproduction  of  any 
written  hand  ;  rather  must  it  bear  nakedly  and  shamelessly  all  the 
qualities  which  the  steel  of  the  punch-cutter  and  the  metal  from  which 
it  is  cast  impose  upon  it.  It  must  be  easy  to  read  as  well  as  fair  to  look 
on,  and  besides  carrying  on  the  traditions  of  the  past  must  respect  the 
prejudices  of  the  present.  But  only  a  calligrapher  whose  eye  and  hand 
have  been  trained  to  produce  fine  letter  for  the  special  needs  of  the 
printed  book  can  have  knowledge  of  the  manifold  subtleties  of  such 
letter  and  power  to  provide  for  them  in  the  casting  of  types.  If  the 
writing  schools  can  turn  out  such  men,  they  will  deserve  well  of  all 
those  who  are  interested  in  the  art  of  the  book.  That  our  hope  need 
not  be  vain  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  calligraphers  trained  in  the 
methods  of  the  school  have  gone  to  Germany,  and  have  there  pro- 
foundly influenced  the  production  of  modern  types  ;  and  the  supreme 
irony  of  it  all  is  that  German  type-founders  are  sending  to  England 
new  types  which  draw  their  inspiration  from  a  London  school  of  which 
the  English  and  Scottish  type-founders  seem  never  even  to  have  heard. 

Note — In  the  course  of  the  preceding  article  the  writer  has  had  occasion 
to  refer  frequently  to  the  type  of  Nicholas  Jenson  in  its  relation  to  the 
modern  British  founts.  The  Editor  has  therefore  included  amongst  the 
examples  shown  a  page  from  the  "Pliny,"  printed  by  Jenson  in  1476, 
for  purposes  of  comparison  and  reference.   It  will  be  found  on  page  2 1 . 


12 


bJj. 


iVjSW 


u  o 
Z  Z 

si 

Si 

CD 

It 


^  -  J  S  s  ^  i   ^ 


*••  3f  «••  2S 


o  u.^ 


^4k^ 


^7^ 


Cv^Vf^f*  /< 


^^Z'i.n 


l8ti:BOi5p 


o  ^   ^   •«^  ^ 

<K  i:  y  o  !l  u 

PC  X^£X  t^Tj 

PPKOBS 


^5^ 


z  z 


u  « 

I-  w 

z  o 

?  o 


u  ee 

0  < 

< 

1  00 

o  HI 

u 
u. 

o  ee 

HI  D 

O  ca 


lU 


'/r>«^M« 


■e>^ 


'  A  V  ^    , 


O  c 

"S 
i<:  > 

a:  a 

O  HI 

lU  0 

z 
s  o 

"=  < 

•"  t; 

a  09 

<  =! 

a.  ~* 


09 

CO      • 
Ijj   09 

ti 

8z 

09   < 


■^ 


Is 


XXXII.  Row  the  Olorm  came  to  the  Rowland  bow  be 
wm  robbed  of  a  cup ;  and  bow  be  fell  on  tbe  f olh;?^ 

OXZ  at  all  witb  self /wielding  tbe  craft  of  tbe 

worm/boards 

Re  sougbt  of  bie  own  will,  wbo  eore  bimeelf 

barmed; 

But  for  tbreat  of  oppression  a  tbrall,  of  I 

wot  not 


^bicb  bairn  of  man  hind,  from  blows  wratbf  ul  fled, 
Rouse/needy  forsootb,and  bied  bim  tberein, 
H  man  by  ^uilt  troubled*  XTben  soon  it  betided 
/Cbat  tberein  to  tbe  guest  tbere  stood  grisly  terror; 
Rowever  tbe  wretcbed,of  every  bope  waning 

tTbe  ill/sbapen  wigbt,  wbenas  tbe  fear  gat  bim, 
Xlbe  treasure/vat  saw ;  of  sucb  tbere  was  a  many 
^Qp  in  tbat  eartb/bouse  of  treasures  of  old, 
Hs  tbem  in  tbe  yore/days,  tbougb  wbat  man  X  know  not, 
ITbe  bu0e  leavings  and  loom  or  a  kindred  of  bigb  ones, 
(Sell  tbmking  or  tbougbts  tbere  bad  bidden  away. 
Dear  treasures*  But  all  tbem  bad  deatb  borne  away 
In  tbe  times  of  erewbile;  and  tbe  one  at  tbe  last 
Of  tbe  dougbty  of  tbat  folk  tbat  tbere  longest  lived, 
iCbere  waxed  be  friend/sad,yet  ween'd  be  to  tarry, 
Tbat  be  for  a  little  tbose  treasures  tbe  longsome 
)VIigbt  brook  for  bimself .  But  a  burg  now  all  ready 
Olonn'd  on  tbe  plain  nigb  tbe  waves  of  tbe  water, 
]^ew  by  a  ness, by  narrow/crafts  fastened; 
Qlitbin  tbere  tben  bare  of  tbe  treasures  of  earls 
XTbat  berd  of  tbe  rings  a  deal  bard  to  carry. 
Of  gold  fair  beplated,  and  few  words  be  quotb : 


KELMSCOTT  PRESS:  PAGE  FROM  THE  TALE  OF  BEOWULF"  PRINTED 
IN  THE  "TROY"  TYPE  DESIGNED  BY  WILLIAM  MORRIS  (REPRODUCED 
BY  PERMISSION  OF  THE  TRUSTEES   OF  THE   KELMSCOTT  PRESS) 

17 


NOTE  BY  WILLIAM  MORRIS 
ON  HIS  AIMS  IN  FOUNDING 
THE  KB LMSCOTT PRESS^^ 

BEGAN  printing  books  with 
thehopeofproducingsome  which 
would  have  a  definite  claim  to 
beauty,  while  at  the  same  time 
they  should  be  easy  to  read  and 
^^^  should  not  dazzle  the  eye,  or  trou^ 
ble  the  intellect  of  the  reader  by  eccentric 
city  of  form  in  the  letters.  I  have  always 
been  a  great  admirer  of  the  calHgraphyof 
the  Middle  Ages,  &  of  the  earherprinting 
which  took  its  place.  As  to  the  fifteenths 
centurv  books,  I  had  noticed  that  they 
were  always  beautiful  by  force  of  the  mere 
typography,  even  without  the  added  or^ 
nament,  with  which  many  of  them  are 
so  lavishly  supplied.  And  it  was  the  es^ 
senceofmy  undertaking  to  produce  books 
which  it  would beaplcasureto look  upon 
as  pieces  of  printing  and  arrangement  of 
type.  Looking  at  my  adventure  from  this 
point  of  view  then,  I  found  I  had  to  conx 
sider  chiefly  the  following  things:  the 
paper,  the  form  of  the  type,  the  relative 
spacing  of  the  letters,  the  words,  and  the 


I 


KELMSCOTT  PRESS:  PAGE  PRINTED  IN  THE  "GOLDEN"  TYPE 
DESIGNED  BY  WILLIAM  MORRIS  (REPRODUCED  BY  PERMISSION 
OF  THE  TRUSTEES   OF  THE    KELMSCOTT   PRESS) 

19 


oua  hanno  pennero  fquameto  cortecdaro  gufao:  comefono  laTeftugine:ouetameti 
te  hano  lapelle  pulita:conie  foho  leferpi.Taglado  laparte  difopra  delle  pene  nocrefco 
no  tfueglendole  rimettono:Glinfed:i  hanno  ale  di  pannicoli  &:cofi  le  rondini  marine 
&  cpipiTlrelli:  Ma  lale  diqueftj  hanno  ledita.Dalla  groffa  pelle  efcono  epeli  afperi,  Le 
femine  glhano  piu  fottilKEcauagli  nel  coUo  6c  eleoni  nelle  fpalle  glhanno  maggiori* 
Etaffi  glhanno  nelle  gote  drento  &  ne  piedi:lequali  due cofe Trogo  attnbuifce  ancho 
ra  alia  lepre:&:  con  quefto  exemplo  conclude  che  glhuomini  libidinofi  fono  pilofi.La 
lepre  e  ueloaffima  fopra  tutri  glaniniaIi,Solo  Ihuomo  mette  epeli  nellcta  apta  agene 
rare:  Ilche  fenon  e:dimofl:ra  ftenlita  cofi  nel  mafchio  come  nella  femina. Epeli  nel  hu 
omo  parte  ringeneranoinficme:partepoi.  Quegli  che  fono  infieme  con  lui  generati 
non  manchono  dipoi  come  ne  anchora  molto.Sonfi  trouate  alchune  che  quando  get 
tono  ecapelli  diuentano  inualideicome  anchora  nel  fluxo  del  meftruo.  Equadrupedi 
mudano  ogni  anno.  Amafchi  aefcono  aflai  nel  capo  dc  poi  nella  barba.  Taglati  non 
rimettono  m  fu  lataglatura  come  rimettono  lherbe:ma  efcon  infuori  dallaradice.Cre 
fcono  in  certe  malame  &c  maxime nella  tofla  &c  nella  uecchiaia  8c ne  corpi  mora.  E  co 
geniri  caggiono  piu  todo  a  libidinori:Ma  enati  crefcono  piu  tofto*  Nequadrupedi  in 
groflano  per  la  uecchiaia  dc  lelane  diuentano  piu  rade.Edofli  dequadrupedi  fono  pilo 
fi:  euentri  fanza  pelo.De  chuoi  de  buoi  cocendogli  fifa  optima  colla.Item  de  tori.  So 
lo  di tutri  glanimali  Ihuomo  mafchio  ha  lepoppemeglaltri  animali  emafchi  hano  cer 
ti  fegni  dipoppe:Ma  ne  anchora  le  femine  hanno  lepoppe  fenon  quelle  che  pofTono 
nutrire  efigluoli. Quegli  che generano  huoua  non  hanno  poppetNeffuno  animale 
ha  lad:e  fenon  quegli  che  generono  animali.Tra  gluccelli  folo  elpipiftrello.Credo  che 
fia  fauolofo  quello  che  fidice  delle  Streghe  che  mughino  ellacfle  inboccha  a  faaulli.E 
nelle  BeAenue  antiche  queflo  nome  di  (IregheiMa  non  fifa  che  uccello  fi  fia* 

NATVRA.DELLE  POPPE  DEGLANIMALI.CAP.XL. 
a  Lafine  dolgono  lepoppe  dopo  elparto : Ilperche  Ifuezano  lafinino  elfexto  me^* 
fe:conaofia  che  lecaualle  dieno  lapoppa  un  anno  .Tutri  glam'mali  che  hano  un 
ghia  dun  pezo  non  generano  piu  che  due  per  uoltame  hanno  piu  che  due  poppe6^  ql 
le  nel  pecflignonemel  medefimo  luogho  Ihanno  quelle  che  hanno  lunghia  didue  pezi 
&  fono  cornute:le  uacche quattrorle  pecore  Qc  capre  due.Quelleche  partorifcono  piu 
che  due  dc  hanno  le  dita  nepiedi  hanno  molte  poppe  per  tutto  eluentre  in  due  filari. 
Le  troie  generofe  hanno  dodid  poppede  uulgari  clue  meno.  Similmente  le  cagne.  Al^ 
chune  hanno  quattro  in  mezo  del  corpotcome  fono  lepanthere.  Alchune  due  chome 
fono  le  tioneffe.Lohelephante  folo  ha  due  poppe  fotto  lebracda  8c  no  nelpecflo.Nef 
funa  che  habia  dita  nepiedi  ha  poppe  nel  pecfhgione.Eporcellini  prima  nari  fucdano 
leprime poppe  ficbenchehabbinolaltrepreflo  alia  boccatdafchuno  conofce  lefuc  in 
quello  ordine  che  e  nato  dc  c6  quella  fmutnfce  &c  non  con  altra.Et  leuato  un  porcellio 


PAGE  FROM  THE   "  PLINY  "    PRINTED  AT  VENICE    BY   NICOLAS  JENSON   IN    1476 

21 


SICCOME  DICE  IL  FILOSOFO  NEL  PRIHCIPIO 
dclla  Prima  Rbsofia  *tutti  gli  uomini  natumlmente  dcsu 
dcrano  di  sapere/  La  ragione  di  cbe  puote  essere,  cbe 
ciascuna  cosa,  da  provvidenza  di  propria  natum  impint^ 
t  inclinabik  alia  sua  perfezione,  Ondc,  accioccbe  la  scu 
cnza  t  I'uldma  perFezione  della  nostm  anima,  nella  quale 
sta  la  nostm  ultima  felicica,  tutti  natumlmente  al  suo  desiderio  siamo 
soggetti.  Vemmente  da  questa  nobilissima  perfezione  molti  sono 
privati  per  diverse  cagioni  cbe  dentro  dalPuomo,  e  di  fiiori  da  esso, 
lui  rimuovono  dall'abito  di  scienza,  (JJDentro  dalPuomo  possono 
essere  due  diFetti  e  impedimenti :  Puno  dalb  parte  del  corpo,  I'altro 
dalla  parte  delPanima,  Dalla  parte  del  corpo  ty  quando  le  parti  sono 
indebitamente  disposte,  siccb^  nulla  ricevere  puo ;  siccome  sono  sop 
di  8Z  muti,  e  loro  simili*  Dalla  parte  delPanima  ^,  quando  la  malizia 
vince  in  essa,  siccb^  si  Fa  seguitatrice  di  viziose  dilettazioni,  nelle 
quali  riceve  tanto  inganno,  cbe  per  quelle  ogni  cosa  tiene  a  vile,  Di 
(uori  dalPuomo  possono  essere  similmente  due  cagioni  intese,  Puna 
delle  quali  t  induttrice  di  necessita,  I'altm  di  pigrizia.  La  prima  t 
la  cum  Famigliare  &i  civile,  la  quale  convenevolmente  a  s^  tiene  degli 
uomini  il  maggior  numero,  siccb^  in  ozio  di  speculazione  essere  non 
possono,  L'altm  t  ildiFettodel  luogo  ove  la  persona  ^nata  enudrita, 
cbe  talom  sam  da  ogni  studio  non  solamente  privato,  ma  da  gente 
studiosa  lontano,  ^Le  due  prime  di  queste  cagioni,  cio^  la  prima 
dalla  parte  di  dentro  &l  la  prima  dalla  parte  di  (uori,  non  sono  da 
vitupemre,  ma  da  scusare  &C  di  perdono  degne;  le  due  altre,  avve^ 
gnacb^  Tuna  piii,  sono  degne  di  biasimo  e  d'abominazione,  Mani/ 
Festamente  adunq^  puo  vedere  cbi  bene  considem,  cbe  pocbi  riman^ 
gono  quelli  cbe  alPabito  da  tutti  desidemto  possano  pervenire,  e>i 
innumembili  quasi  sono  gl'impediti,  cbe  di  questo  cibo  da 
tutti  semprevivono  aFFamati,  O  beati  que' pocbi  cbe 
seggono  a  quella  mensa  ove  il  pane  degli 
Angeli  si  mangia,  e  miseri  quelli 
cbe  colle  pecore  banno 
comunecibo! 


ASHENDENE    PRESS:    PAGE  PRINTED   IN    GREAT   PRIMER  TYPE  MODELLED   UPON 
THE  TYPE   USED   BY   SWEYNHEIM   AND   PANNART2   AT  SUBIACO   IN    1465 

23 


FOR  THE  LIBERTY  OF 
UNLICENCD  PRINTINQ. 

^  M T**  V  ^HO  TO  STATES 
**•■-•*&  GOVERNOURS 
OF  THE  COMMONWEALTH 
DIRECT  THEIR  SPEECH.HIQH 
COURT  OF  PARLAMENT.  OR 
WANTING  SUCH  ACCESSE 
IN  A  PRIVATE  CONDITION, 
WRITE  THAT  WHICH  THEY 
FORESEE  MAY  ADVANCE  the 
PUBLICK  GOOD;  I  SUPPOSE 
THEM  AS  AT  THE  BEGIN/ 
NING  OF  NO  MEAN  ENDEA. 
VOUR,  NOT  A  LITTLE  AL/ 
TER'D  AND  MOV'D  INWARD/ 
LY  IN  THEIR  MINDES:  SOME 
WITH  DOUBT  of  WHAT  WILL 
BE  THE  SUCCESSE,  OTHERS 
WITH  FEARE  OF  WHAT  WILL  BE  THE  CENSURE;  SOME 
WITH  HOPE.  OTHERS  WITH  CONFIDENCE  OF  WHAT  THEY 
HAVE  TO  SPEAKE.  AND  ME  PERHAPS  EACH  OF  THESE 
DISPOSITIONS,  AS  THE  SUBJECT  WAS  WHEREON  I  EN/ 
TER'D.  MAY  HAVE  AT  OTHER  TIMES  VARIOUSLY  AFFECT/ 
ED;  &  LIKELY  MIGHT  IN  THESE  FOREMOST  EXPRESSIONS 
NOW  ALSO  DISCLOSE  WHICH  OF  THEM  SWAY'D  MOST 
BUT  THAT  THE  VERY  ATTEMPT  OF  THIS  ADDRESSE  THUS 
MADE.  AND  THE  THOUGHT  OF  WHOM  IT  HATH  RE/ 
COURSE  TO.  HATH  GOT  THE  POWER  WITHIN  ME  TO  A 
PASSION.  FARRE  MORE  WELCOME  THEN  INCIDENTALL  TO 
A  PREFACE,  WHICH  THOUGH  I  STAY  NOT  TO  CONFESSE 
ERE  ANY  ASKE,  I  SHALL  BE  BLAMELESSE.  IF  IT  BE  NO 
OTHER,  THEN  THE  JOY  AND  GRATULATION  WHICH  IT 
BRINGS  TO  ALL  WHO  WISH  &  PROMOTE  THEIR  COUNTRIES 
LIBERTY;  WHEREOF  THIS  WHOLE  DISCOURSE  PROPOS'D 
WILL  BE  A  CERTAINE  TESTIMONY.  IF  NOT  A  TROPHY.  FOR 
THIS  IS  NOT  THE  LIBERTY  WHICH  WEE  CAN  HOPE.  THAT 


>© 


ERAGNY  PRESS:  OPENING  PAGEOFTHE  "  AREOPAQITICA '■  PRINTED  IN  THE  "BROOK- 
TYPE,      WITH      BORDER      AND       INITIAL     LETTER     DESIGNED      BY      LUCIEN      PISSARRO 

25 


u 

§•1 


J3 


o  E 


Si 

% 


CO 

s 

CO 

C 


£-^.^2  M 


OQ 


O   xQ 

Si  *- 

^       ^      *- 

c  t!  ts 


•>2 

Oflg 


3  C 
O   W 


o  *- 

^  2 

C^  o 

C  o 


c 


CO**    o"^    S*^     ^ 


*J 


(.. 

— — r 
1 
1 

4 

■£ 

^, 

^ 

4 

OR 
--      73    -- 

■5, 

^  — 

- 

-   1    • 

-1- 

► 

,. 

!:^-  'iV„ .. 

« 

^.» 

> 

» 

1   i  1  1              i  1  1  t  1              11 

in 


c 


z 

O     Z 
to     W 

ii 


z 

'^  >- 

> 

HI  Q 

05  lii 

O  Z 

z  a 

O  u, 

03  UJ 

:  Q 

S 

O  UJ 


Q.  O 

..  O 

03  IE 

U3  CO 

liJ  . 

q:  ■ 

Q. 


J  CO  CO 


«-•  c 

CO  .  r 

on  5^  ^  o 

o  o  cis: 

c  2  ^ 

;-  i2  2 

o  w  c 

fo  *?•  £1    £  *- 


t^ 


^  c 


CO 


^   ^   w   y   ^ 

►^      tJ      (!J 
*T5      !>>  <^ 


CO 

^  SO 

^  o:§ 


G 
;-■ 
O 

B 


w  «j 


G 


C  ^  5 


*3  *3   O  S   ^-3 

<<coeQcoco 


a 
CO    .  jn 

^  ^^ 
..  5.S  w 

G   <^^   ^ 

;>^  o  ^ 

■»5    CO  '-^  ■  w 

-5  o  c  <^ 

^   O   u  Ta 

fo  *-  2  <^ 


a  s 


0<h 


j::  ♦^  o  c 

t^  *i  >  «^ 
O    3   1^    CO 


G 

•  v-« 
o 

G 
O 

j:: 

o 

a 


o 

CO 


QPQ< 


o  ^ 


2     - 
rr      ^ 


a 

o 


CO 

?G   o 


27 


THE  MIDDLE  OF  NIQHT  BY  THE«^ 
CASTLE  CLOCK. 
AND  THE  OWLS  HAVE  AWAK/ 
ENED  THE  CROWING  COCK, 

TU— WHIT ! TU  WHOO ! 

AND  HARK.  AGAIN!  THE  CROW 

ING  COCK. 

HOW  DROWSILY  IT  CREW. 


ERAGNY   PRESS:    OPENING    PAGE    OF    COLER.DGES  "  CHRISTABEL-    FAINTED   IN    THE 
••BROOK'    TYPE,  WITH  BORDER  AND  INITIAL  LETTER  DESIGNED  BY  LUCIEN  P15SARRO 

29 


FROM  BOCCACCIO'S  LETTER  TO  PE- 
TRARCH.  DESCRIBING  HIS  VISIT  TO 
FRANCESCA.  PETRARCH'S  DAUGHTER. 
AT  VENICE.  IN  THE  YEAR  MCCCLXVII. 
6  TELLING  OF  ELETTA,  FRANCESCA'S 
LITTLE  DAUGHTER. 

WE  sat  chatting  in  your  garden,  and  some 
of  your  friends  who  were  there  joined 
in  the  talk.  Francesca  most  graciously 
pressed  me  to  make  myself  at  home,  and  proffered 
me  your  books  &  all  your  belongings. -all  she  had 
Iwastoconsidermine;butnotforamomentdidshe 
forget  the  modest  demeanour  of  the  perfect  wife. 
She  was  welcoming  me,  when,  lo,  there  before  me 
was  your  dear  little  Eletta,  my  little  friend  1  How 
gracefully  she  came  along !  One  could  not  have  ex- 
pected such  grace  in  so  young  a  child.  Before  she 
could  know  who  I  was,  she  smiled  at  me  so  sweetly. 
What  joy  was  mine  when  I  saw  her !  What  a  hunger 
seized  my  heart  as  I  held  her  in  my  arms  I  At  first  I 
thought  it  was  my  own  girlie -the  little  maid  once 
mine.  Need  I  say  more  ?  You'll  hardly  believe  me. 
But  ask  Doctor  William  of  Ravenna  and  our  friend 
Donatus.  They  know.  Your  little  Eletta  is  the  very 
image  of  my  lost  one.  She  has  the  same  laugh,  the 


FLORENCE  PRESS:  PAGE  FROM  BOCCACCIO'S  OLYMPIA"  SET  IN  ENGLISH 
TYPE  DESIGNED  BY  HERBERT  P.  HORNE,  AND  PRINTED  AT  THE  ARDEN  PRESS. 
LETCHWORTH,  FOR  MESSRS.  CHATTO  AND  WINDUS 


31 


i 


THE  SONNETS  OF  MR.  WILLIAM 
SHAKESPEARE :  TO  THE  ONLIE  BE- 
GETTER OF  THESE  INSUING  SON- 
NETS, MR.  W.  H.,  ALL  HAPPINESSE 
AND  THAT  ETERNITIE  PROMISED 
BY  OUR  EVER-LIVING  POET  WISH- 
ETH  THE  WELL-WISHING  ADVEN- 
TURER IN  SETTING  FORTH. -T.  T. 
THE  FIRST  SONNET  FOLLOWETH 


^ROM  FAIREST  CREATURES  WE  DE- 
SIRE INCREASE.  THAT  THEREBY 
BEAUTY'S  ROSE  MIGHT  NEVER  DIE. 
BUT  AS  THE  RIPER  SHOULD  BY  TIME  DE- 
CEASE. HIS  TENDER  HEIR  MIGHT  BEAR  HIS 
MEMORY:  BUT  THOU.  CONTRACTED  TO 
THINE  OWN  BRIGHT  EYES.  FEED'ST  THY 
LIGHTS  FLAME  WITH  SELF-SUBSTANTIAL 
FUEL.  MAKING  A  FAMINE  WHERE  ABUND- 
ANCE LIES.  THYSELF  THY  FOE.  TO  THY 
SWEETSELFTOOCRUEL.  THOUTHATART 
NOW  THE  WORLD'S  FRESH  ORNAMENT 
&  ONLY  HERALD  TO  THE  GAUDY  SPRING. 
WITHIN  THINE  OWN  BUD  BURIEST  THY 
CONTENT  AND.  TENDER  CHURL.  MAK'ST 
WASTE  IN  NIGGARDING.  PITYTHE  WORLD. 
OR  ELSE  THIS  GLUTTON  BE.  TO  EAT  THE 
WORLD'S  DUE.  BY  THE  GRAVE  AND  THEE. 
%  HERE  FOLLOWS  SONNET  THE  SECOND 


RICCARDI    PRESS:    PAGE   FROM   "SONNETS   OF   SHAKESPEARE    •    PRINTED   IN    14   AND   11    POINT  CAPITALS   DESIGNED 
BY     HERBERT     P.     HORNE.       BORDER     FROM     BERNARD   PICTOR    AND     ERHARDT    RATDOLT'S"   APPIANUS."    1477 


33 


4 


Marius  the  Epicurean 

stream  of  moving  lights  across  the  white  Forum,  up  the  great 
stairs,  to  the  palace.  And,  in  effect,  that  night  winter  began, 
the  hardest  that  had  been  known  for  a  lifetime.  The  wolves 
came  from  the  mountains;  and,  led  by  the  carrion  scent, 
devoured  the  dead  bodies  which  had  been  hastily  buried 
during  the  plague,  and,  emboldened  by  their  meal,  crept, 
before  the  short  day  was  well  past,  over  the  walls  of  the  farm- 
yards of  the  Campagna.  The  eagles  were  seen  driving  the 
flocks  of  smaller  birds  across  the  dusky  sky.  Only,  in  the 
city  itself  the  winter  was  all  the  brighter  for  the  contrast, 
among  those  who  could  pay  for  light  and  warmth.  The  habit- 
makers  made  a  great  sale  of  the  spoil  of  all  such  furry  crea- 
tures as  had  escaped  wolves  and  eagles,  for  presents  at  the 
•Saturnalia';  and  at  no  time  had  the  winter  roses  from  Car- 
thage seemed  more  lustrously  yellow  and  red. 

CHAPTER  XIII.  THE  'MISTRESS  AND  MOTHER* 
OF  PALACES 

"^FTER  that  sharp,  brief  winter,  the  sun  was  already  at 
/^\  work,  softening  leaf  and  bud,  as  you  might  feel  by  a 
Jl  j\  faint  sweetness  in  the  air ;  but  he  did  his  work  be- 
hind an  evenly  white  sky,  against  which  the  abode  of  the 
Caesars,  its  cypresses  and  bronze  roofs,  seemed  like  a  picture 
in  beautiful  but  melancholy  colour,  as  Marius  climbed  the 
long  flights  of  steps  to  be  introduced  to  the  emperor  Aurelius. 
Attired  in  the  newest  mode,  his  legs  wound  in  dainty  'fasciae ' 
of  white  leather,  with  the  heavy  gold  ring  of  the  •  ingenuus,' 
and  in  his  toga  of  ceremony,  he  still  retained  all  his  country 
freshness  of  complexion.  The  eyes  of  the  '  golden  youth '  of 
Rome  were  upon  him  as  the  chosen  friend  of  Cornelius,  and 
the  destined  servant  of  the  emperor ;  bu<^  not  jealously.  In 
spite  of,  perhaps  partly  because  of,  his  habitual  reserve  of 
manner,  he  had  become  'the  fashion,'  even  among  those  who 
felt  instinctively  the  irony  which  lay  beneath  that  remark- 
able self-possession,  as  of  one  taking  all  things  with  a  differ- 
ence from  other  people,  perceptible  in  voice,  in  expression, 
and  even  in  his  dress.  It  was,  in  truth,  the  air  of  one  who, 
entering  vividly  into  life,  and  relishing  to  the  full  the  deli- 
cacies of  its  intercourse,  yet  feels  all  the  while,  from  the  point 


RICCARDI  PRESS  :  PAGE  FROM  WALTER  PATER'S      MARIUS  THE  EPICUREAN. 
PRINTED  IN   11    POINT  FOUNT  DESIGNED  BY    HERBERT    P.    HORNE 


35 


CAPITVLVMVLINTERROGATIODEEX- 
ERCITIO  ANTE  COMMVNIONEM 

VOX  DISCIPVLI 

CVM  TV  AM  DIGNITATEM,  DOMI. 
ne,  et  meam  uilitatem  penso,  ualde  contremi^ 
SCO  et  in  me  ipso  confundor.  Si  enim  non  ac" 
cedo  uitam  fugio,  et  si  indigne  me  ingessero 
offensamincurro.  Quid  ergofaciam,Deusmeus,auxi- 
liator  meus  in  necessitatibus  meis  ?  Tu  doce  me  uiam 
rectam^proponebreuealiquodexercitiumsacrae  com^ 
munioni  congruum,  Vtile  estenim  scire  qualiterscili-* 
cet  deuote  ac  reuerentertibi  praepararedebeocor  me-* 
umad  recipiendum  salubritertuum  sacramentum,  seu 
etiam  celebrandum  tam  magnum  et  diuinum  sacrifici^ 
um, 

CAPITVLVM  VIL  DE  DISCVSSIONE  PRO^ 
PRIAE  CONSCIENTIAE  ET  EMENDATE 
ONISPROPOSITO 
VOXDILECTI 

SVPEROMNIACVMSVMMAHVMILI. 
tate  cordis  et  supplici  reuerentia,  cum  plena  fide 
etpia  intentione  honoris  Dei  adhoc  sacramentum 
celebrandum  tractandum  et  sumendum  oportet 
Dei  sacerdotem  accedere.  Diligenter  examina  consci- 
entiam  tuam,  et  pro  posse  tuoueracontritioneethumili 
confessione  eammunda  et  clarifica^itautnilgraueha^ 
beas  aut  scias  quod  te  remordeat  et  liberum  accessum 
impediat.  Habeas  displicentiam  omnium  peccatorum 
tuorum  ingenerali,  et  pro  quotidianis  excessibusmagis 
in  speciali  doleas  et  gemas.  Et  si  tempus  patitur,  Deo 
in  secreto  cordis  cunctasconfitere  passionum  tuarum 
miserias.  Ingemisce  et  dole  quod  ita  carnalis  adhuc  es 
et  mundanus,  tam  immortificatus  a  passionibus,  tam 
plenus  concupiscentiarum  motibus,  tam  incustoditus 


ABERDEEN  UNIVERSITY  PRESS:  PAGE  FROM  THE  DE  IMITATIONS 
CHRISTI"  PRINTED  IN  THE  "  EWELL "  TYPE  DESIGNED  BY  DOUGLAS 
COCKERELL  FOR   MESSRS.   METHUEN  AND  CO, 


37 


I 


1     / 


A  NOTE  ON  THE  SPECIMENS  OF  LETTERING,  ILLUML 
NATION,  PRINTING  AND  BOOKBINDING  SHOWN  AT 
THE  EXHIBITION  OF  ARTS  ^  CRAFTS  HELD  AT  THE 
NEW  GROSVENOR  GALLERY,  BOND  ST.,  LONDON,  W. 

the  Exhibition  of  Arts  and  Crafts 
nothing  gives  such  complete  satisfac- 
tion as  the  fine  specimens  of  writing 
done  by  Mr.  Edward  Johnston  and  by 
Mr.  Graily  Hewitt,  and  other  disciples 
of  the  school  of  lettering  which  he  has 
established.  The  importance  of  these 
exhibits  is,  of  course,  not  to  be  gauged 
by  the  actual  beauty  of  the  specimens 
themselves,  though  in  many  cases  that 
is  very  great  indeed.  If  we  encourage 
fine  writing,  it  is  not  because  we  wish  to  hang  on  our  walls  written 
and  gilded  texts  from  the  Psalms,  or  to  treasure  in  our  cabinets  finely 
illuminated  passages  from  Keats  or  from  the  Book  of  Job ;  it  is  because 
fine  writing  will  give  us  fine  lettering,  wherever  lettering  is  used, 
whether  in  our  printed  books,  or  on  the  hoardings  in  the  streets, 
or  in  the  advertisement  columns  of  our  newspapers,  or  on  the  monu' 
ments  and  memorials  in  our  graveyards  and  churches.  It  is  the  chief 
glory  of  the  school  that  the  fine  lettering  which  is  taught  there  has 
already  begun  to  penetrate  to  all  these  places.  It  is  also  finding  its 
way  into  the  typefounders'  specimen  books,  and  it  is  well  for  the 
future  of  printing  that  it  should  do  so.  Just  as  in  the  first  years  of 
printing  the  typefounders  produced  beautiful  letter  because  the  fine 
writing  of  their  day  gave  them  their  inspiration  and  their  models, 
so  in  this  modern  school  of  writing  we  have  the  best  hope  for  the 
inspiration  and  the  models  which  will  enable  our  typefounders  to 
give  us  fine  letter  in  the  future.  The  value  of  the  work  of  the  school 
to  the  printer  is  shown  at  the  Grosvenor  Gallery  in  the  versal  and 
initial  letters  written  for  the  splendid  quarto  Virgil  printed  by  Mr. 
Hornby  at  the  Ashendene  Press,  in  the  fine  books  from  the  Doves 
Press,  in  the  exhibit  of  typesetter  designed  by  Miss  Zompolides 
and  used  at  the  Arden  Press  in  printing  their  folio  volume  on  "The 
Gold  and  Silver  of  Windsor  Castle,"  and  in  other  works  of  merit. 


PAGE  PRINTED  IN  THE  KENNERLEY  "  TYPE.  14  POINT.  DESIGNED  BY  FREDERICK 
W.  GOUDY  AND  CAST  BY  H.  W.  CASLON  AND  CO.  LTD.  INITIAL  LETTER  BY 
PAUL  WOODROFFE,  LENT  BY  THE  ARDEN   PRESS 

39 


A  NOTE  ON  THE  SPECIMENS  OF  LETTERING,  ILLUM. 

INATION,  PRINTING  AND  BOOKBINDING  SHOWN  AT 

THE   EXHIBITION   OF  ARTS   AND    CRAFTS   HELD  AT 

THE  NEW  GROSVENOR  GALLERY,  BOND  STREET,  W. 

|T  the  Arts  and  Crafts  Exhibition  nothing 
gives  such  complete  satisfaction  as  the  fine 
examples  of  writing  done  by  Mr.  Edward 
Johnston  and  by  Mr.  Graily  Hewitt,  and  by 
other  disciples  of  the  school  of  lettering  of 
which  he  is  the  founder.  The  importance  of 
these  exhibits  is,  of  course,  not  to  be  mea^ 
sured  by  the  beauty  of  the  specimens  them^ 
selves,  although  in  many  cases  that  is  very 
great  indeed.  If  we  encourage  fine  writing,  it 
is  not  because  we  wish  to  hang  on  our  walls 
written  and  gilded  texts  from  the  Psalms  or 
to  treasure  in  our  cabinets  finely  illuminated  passages  from  Keats  or  the 
book  of  Job;  it  is  because  fine  writing  will  give  us  fine  lettering,  wherever 
letter  is  used,  whether  in  our  printed  books,  or  on  the  hoardings  in  the 
streets,  or  in  the  advertisement  columns  of  our  newspapers,  or  on  the 
monuments  and  memorials  in  our  graveyards  and  churches.  The  glory 
of  the  school  is  that  the  fine  lettering  which  is  taught  there  has  already 
begun  to  penetrate  to  all  these  places.  It  is  also  finding  its  way  into  type^ 
founders*  specimen  books,  and  it  is  well  for  the  future  of  English  printing 
that  it  should  do  so.  Just  as  in  the  first  years  of  printing  the  typefounders 
produced  beautiful  letter,  because  the  fine  writing  of  their  day  gave  them 
their  inspiration  and  their  models,  so  in  this  modern  school  of  writing  we 
have  the  best  hope  for  the  inspiration  and  the  models  which  will  enable 
our  typefounders  to  give  us  fine  letter  in  the  future.  The  valueof  the  work 
of  the  school  to  the  printer  is  shown  at  the  Exhibition  in  the  versal  and 
initial  letters  written  for  the  splendid  quarto  Virgil  printed  at  the  Ashen^ 
dene  Press  by  Mr.  Hornby,  in  the  fine  books  from  the  Doves  Press,  in  the 
framed  exhibit  of  type^letter  designed  by  Miss  Zompolides  and  used  at 
the  Arden  Press  in  printing  their  folio  volume  on  "The  Gold  and  Silver 
of  Windsor  Castle.*'  So  far,  however,  the  school  has  not  produced  a  letter 
suitable  for  printing  the  text  of  a  book.  We  feel  sure  that,  if  training  and 
study  be  directed  to  that  end,  there  may  be  designed  under  its  influence 
founts  of  type^letter  as  graceful  in  the  lower-case  as  in  the  majuscules, 
which  shall  fulfil  all  the  requirements  of  modern  printing.  The  true  lines 
of  development  would  seem  to  be  those  of  the  Italian  humanistic  letter  of 
the  fifteenth  century,  which  gave  the  early  printers  their  first  roman  letter, 
d.  Book  illustration  is  not  so  well  represented  at  the  Exhibition  as  we 
should  have  wished.  Many  of  the  exhibits  show  a  lack  of  the  sympathy 
which  should  attach  the  drawing  to  the  printed  page  which  it  is  to  accom" 
pany.  It  is,  perhaps,  difficult  to  bring  the  ordinary  three-colour  book 


PAGE    PRINTED   IN   THE       DOLPHIN   OLD   STYLE"  TYPE,    12   POrNT 
DESIGNED   AND   CAST   BY    P.    M,   SHANKS   AND   SONS 

41 


I 


OAY^^eiAC  BIBAOC  AGYT6PA.  lOA- 
KH^ICDN  ArOPA.  THAGMAXOY  AHO- 
AHMIA 

*Hjuioc  a*  HpiysNSia  9aNH  po2io2iaKTvXo^  'Hooo 
&pH\n  ap  6^  8VNH9iii  *02iMG6HO(^  9iXo<;  vioo 
siJUiaTa  IcycyotusNoo  iTspi  As  ^\(fo^  6%v  est  dojuicp, 
Txoccx  2i*  VTTo  XmapoiaiN  lAHcraro  KaXd  irsAiXa, 
6h  a'  1JU18N  Ik  eoXocJuioio  eec^  8NaXiYKio<;  qnthn* 
a!v{/a  As  KHpvKS(y<yi  XiYV9e6yyoi(yi  ksXsvcts 

KHpVC^CTSlN  ayopHNAs  KOtpH  KOJULOODNTQC;  AxQlOVQ* 
Ol  JJLBN  ZmpVCCOHf  TOI  A*  HySipONTO  JULOX'  (Skq. 
aVTOtp  STTsi  p*  HY^p^SN  6jULHY8pSSC  T  SY8NONTO, 

Bh  P*  Tjuisn  si?  ayopHN,  TroXaJUii:!  A*  sxs  xoc^kson  s'yxoO 
ovK  ofoo  ajoa  Tcp  Y^  kvns^  ttoAqc  dp  yoi  sttonto. 
escJTTScylHN  A*  apa  T(5  y^  xdpm  KaxsxsvsN  Aohnh* 

TON  A*  apa  TTCtNTS^  XaOl  STTSPXOJUISNON  eHSVNTO* 

IjsTo  A'  In  Trarpoc  e<oKcp,  si|aN  As  yIpontsc* 
Toicyi  A*  sKSie'  fipco^  AiYVTmoc  Spx'  otYopsvsiN, 
o?  Ah  YHpaY  kv96<;  shn  kqi  uvpta  yAH. 
Kai  yap  tov  9lXo<;  viog  au  otNTtescp  'OAvcym 

''IXlON  SK  SVTTOdXoN  sBh  KOIXIiIC  SNI  NHV(TtN, 
!AnT190C  aiXJUt.HTHC  TON  A*  QYpiOC  SKTQNS  KvkX00V|/ 

In  (yiTHi  YXa9vp^,  nvjutaroN  A*  ooTtXicycyaTO  AopiroN* 

TpSK  As  oi  aXXoi  ICdHf  kqi  6  JULSN  JlNHOTHpaiN  OJUliXsi, 

fcvpvNOJUioo  Avo  A*  aisN  s'xon  TraTpooTa  spYoc* 
dXX*  ovA*  <&<;  TOV  Xhost  oAvpoJUiSNOc  nai  dxsvcoN* 
TOV  6  yz  AocKpv  xIcon  dYopH<yaTo  Kori  juistssitts* 


OXFORD  UNIVERSITY   PRESS:   PAGE   FROM  THE     'ODYSSEY,"   PRINTED 
IN  THE  "OTTER"  TYPE   DESIGNED   BY  ROBERT  W.  PROCTOR 

43 


V>/  V  Jtl/that  long  since  hast  to  thy  mighty  powre 

Perforce  subdude  my  poore  captived  hart, 

And,  raging  now  therein  with  restlesse  stowre, 

Doest  tyrannize  in  everie  weaker  part; 

Faine  would  I  seeke  to  ease  my  bitter  smart 

By  any  service  I  might  do  to  thee. 

Or  ought  that  else  might  to  thee  pleasing  be. 

And  now  t'  asswage  the  force  of  this  new  flame. 

And  make  thee  more  propitious  in  my  need, 

I  meane  to  sing  the  praises  of  thy  name, 

And  thy  victorious  conquests  to  areed, 

By  which  thou  madest  many  harts  to  bleed 

Of  mighty  Victors,  with  wyde  wounds  embrewed. 

And  by  thy  cruell  darts  to  thee  subdewed. 

Onely  I  feare  my  wits  enfeebled  late 

Through  the  sharpe  sorrowes  which  thou  hast  me  bred, 

Should  faint,  and  words  should  faile  me  to  relate 

The  wondrous  triumphs  of  my  great  god-hed : 

But,  if  thou  wouldst  vouchsafe  to  overspred 

Me  with  the  shadow  of  thy  gentle  wing, 

I  should  enabled  be  thy  actes  to  sing. 

Come,  then,  O  come,  thou  mightie  God  of  Love, 
Out  of  thy  silver  bowres  and  secret  blisse. 
Where  thou  doest  sit  in  Venus  lap  above, 
Bathing  thy  wings  in  her  ambrosiall  kisse. 
That  sweeter  farre  then  any  Nectar  is; 
Come  softly,  and  my  feeble  breast  inspire 
With  gentle  fiirie,  kindled  of  thy  fire. 


LONDON  COUNTY  COUNCIL  CENTRAL  SCHOOL  OF  ARTS  AND  CRAFTS:  PAGE  FROM 
EDMUND  SPENSER'S  "  FOUR  HYMNS  ON  EARTHLY  AND  HEAVENLY  LOVE  AND  BEAUTY" 
PRINTED   IN   CASLON  TYPE.     WOODCUT  INITIAL  BY  W.   F.   NORTHEND,   STUDENT 

45 


i 


i 


lI^ 


QUE  LI  QUENS  BOUGARS  DE  VALENCE  FAISOIT 

guere  au  conte  Garin  de  Biaucaire  si  grande  et  si  mervel- 
leuse  et  si  mortel,  qu'il  ne  fust  uns  seux  jors  ajornes  qu'il  ne 
fust  as  portes  et  as  murs  et  as  bares  de  le  vile  a  .c.  cevaliers 
et  a  .X.  mile  sergens  a  pie  et  a  ceval;  si  li  argoit  sa  terre  et 
gastoit  son  pais  et  ocioit  ses  homes,  f^  Li  quens  Garins  de 
Biaucaire  estoit  vix  et  frales  si  avoit  son  tans  trespasse.  II 
n'avoit  nul  oir,  ne  fil  ne  fille,  fors  un  seul  vallet.  Gil  estoit 
tex  con  je  vos  dirai.  Aucasins  avoit  a  non  li  damoisiax  ;  biax 
estoit  et  gens  et  grans  et  bien  taillies  de  ganbes  et  de  pies  et 
de  cors  et  de  bras.  Il  avoit  les  caviax  blons  et  menus  recer- 
celes  et  les  ex  vairs  et  rians  et  le  face  clere  et  traitice  et  le 
nes  haut  et  bien  assis,  et  si  estoit  entecies  de  bones  teces, 
qu'en  lui  n'en  avoit  nule  mauvaise,  se  bone  non.  Mais  si 
estoit  soupris  d'amor  qui  tout  vaint,  qu'il  ne  voloit  estre 
cevalers  ne  les  armes  prendre  n'aler  au  tornoi  ne  fare  point 
de  quanque  il  deust.  Ses  pere  et  se  mere  li  disoient:  ^  Fix, 
car  pren  tes  armes  si  monte  el  ceval  si  defF^nt  te  terre  et 
aie  tes  homes.  S'il  te  voient  entr'ex,  si  defenderont  il  mix 
lor  cors  et  le  avoirs  et  te  tere  et  le  mine.  ^  Pere,  fait  Aucas- 
sins,  qu'en  paries  vos  ore  ?  Ja  dix  ne  me  doinst  riens  que  je 
li  demant,  quant  ere  cevaliers  ne  monte  a  ceval,  ne  quevoise 
a  estor  ne  a  bataille,  la  u  je  fiere  cevalier  ni  autres  mi,  se  vos 
ne  me  dones  Nicholete,  me  douce  amie  que  je  tant  aim. 
^Fix,  fait  li  peres,  ce  ne  poroit  estre.  Nicolete  laise  ester ; 
que  ce  est  une  caitive  qui  fu  amenee  d'estrange  terre,  si 


LONDON  COUNTY  COUNCIL  CENTRAL  SCHOOL  OF  ARTS  AND  CRAFTS:   PAGE  FROM  "  AUCASSIN 
AND  NICOLETTE,  "   IN  OLD  FRENCH,  PRINTED  IN  CASLON  TYPE,  WITH   DECORATIVE  HEADING 


47 


1 


i 


\ 


r  : 


•THEFIRSTBOOK 

OFTHE  FAERIE- 
qUEENE-  ?^  ?jr  ijf 

•CO^AYNINOTHELEOEWI^ 
or  THE  KNIGHT  OF  THE  RED: 
CR0(5*»;  OROFHOLINE55E-  # 

BY  EDMUND  ,5PEH&ER* 

EDITEDBY  THOnA&;JWl5E  * 
•ANDPORTRXYEDlNASERlEd 
OF  DE610N3  m  WALTERCR3VHE 


LOWDON:  OEORGE- ALLEN- 
RUBKIN-  HOU££,'  156  CHAR' 
IMOCRQ&&ROAD-  1S94'*  * 


i'j;>>— 


y^ 


TITLE-PAOE  BY  WALTER  CRANE  FOR  THE  FIRST 
BOOK  OF  "THE  FAERIE  QUEENE "  (SIZE  OF 
ORIOINAL  WOOO-ENORAVINO  10X7^  INCHES) 

50 


(Reproduced  by  permission  of  Messrs- 
Ceorge  A  lien  and  Co.  Ltd. ) 


{Reproducedby  permission  of  Messrs. 
Cetr^e  Allen  and  Co.  Ltd.) 


FULL-PAGE  ILLUSTRATION  BY  WALTER  CRANE  FOR 
THE  FIRST  BOOK  OF  "THE  FAERIE  QUEENE."  (SIZE 
OF  ORIGINAL   WOOD-ENQRAVINQ  Sjxyi  INCHES) 


SI 


X 
H 

i 

to 


> 
o 
a. 

Ui 

a. 

>- 
ta 

a 

\ii 
z 
<a 
to 

Mi 

a 

o 

z 

z 

u 
a. 
O 

o 
o 
n 


53 


1 


DESIGN      FOR      A     TITLE-PAGE.       BY     REGINALD     L.     KNOWLES. 
PUBLISHED  BY  M  ESSRS.  GEORGE  ROUTLEDGE  AND  SONS,  LTD. 


I 


> 
111 
z 
111 

Q 

< 

a 

a 
< 
z 
se 
ui 
ca 


>- 
a 

Q 
III 

Z 

a 

<a 
ui 
a 

CO 
UI 

o 

< 
a. 


UI 

a. 
O 


< 

UI 

-I 
H 
P 

09 

to 

UI 

(C 

a. 

UI 

I- 
< 
g 

UI 


57 


CO 

K 
03 
(O 

til 

5 
IT 

o 

U. 

CO 

Ul 

_1 

u.  -J 
o  o 

o:^ 

z  z 

2    O 

lU    UJ 

a.  a 
o  > 

UJ  CD 
O  D 
<    111 

°r  z 
w  o 

b  Ul 
1-  a 


58 


z 
< 
S 
>- 
cc 

UJ 

> 

Ui 

li- 
o 

z 
o 

H 

o 

UJ 
CO 

>- 
cc 
H  „ 

ill    LJ 


o 

a. 

-I 

H^ 

_l 
li. 
OQ 

O   < 

z  z 

z  a 

111    UI 
Q.    (T 

liJ    CQ 

2  UI 

•  z 
111  o 

H   <" 

-    UI 


59 


C 

o 
o 

c 


<J     «-■ 


•5  -c 


O      3 


c 
u 


r"  '..  £  -   j=  '-' 


3 
O 

3    -^ 

O     «  ^ 

'^     ^  ^ 

_      w  >% 

C      c3  «] 

u    o  E 

rt  •£  « 

3 

C     4->  O 

O      rt  J3 

^  ^  ^ 

o 


«       .-H 


.E 
c  -^ 

4J    no 
J3     C 

^-'^ 
^     C 

^  -2 

i^  "« 

S     «   • 

c    o 
">  .5 

C     3 
««     O 


«    >-. 

.5    d 

O 
♦J      (U 

4-.         3 

c  -^ 
o    ^ 

^1 


w     u 


o 

O      N 


i:  ;=:  -5 


IS  « 

C      3 
7\     •w 


•C    O 

O 

O      C3 


2     O 


'^  s 

fajQ   rt     > 
■<->      P      O 


s 

o 
o 


too 


^ 


3     rt 

•"  ."3 

c  <*- 


•  ■■4  -. 

^    c 


o  ^    > 

«-  C     rt 

J-  C   "^ 

*i  O   (— < 

s  ^ 


U  C  {3 

a,  u  ^ 

o  c  tJ 

«        , 

4>^  «^  03 


u 
> 


^ 


Ul 

So 

O  IE 

CO  O 

UJ  CO 

2  I- 

<  < 

>  . 

M  I- 


CD 


111 

Z 

CO  to 

UJ    CO 
Q     111 

CO  S 

!li  >• 

< 

o  "J 

z  X 

—    CO 

s^ 

Q 

<l 
UJ    Ll 


=:  CQ 

^1 

o  "^ 

UJ  H 
u.   UJ 


60 


FRONTISPIECE  TO  AYMER  VALLANCE'S  "OLD  COLLEGES  OF  OXFORD" 
DESIGNED  DY  HAROLD  NELSON  FROM  SUGGESTIONS  BY  AYMER  VALLANCE 
PUBLISHED   BY    MESSRS.    B.   T.    BATSFORD   LTD. 


6i 


A 


^"^ 


'ANATOLE    FRANCE 


-^ 


'^ 


BEL 


TnC  FRINCE55  OF  TtlE  DWARFS 


RETOLD  IN  CNGLISM  BV 
PETLR  WRIGHT  &^ILLU5TRA- 
TED  By  CHARLE5  R0BIN50N 


I,ONDON   .  J.M.Dcnr<^  Sons,  Lid  .Bedford   &1   W.C 
NEWyoRKX.PDurton&Co 


1912 


Title-page  desiqneo  by  charles  robinson 
for  messrs.  j.  m.  dent  and  sons  ltd. 


62 


THE  BIRTH  LIFE  AND  ACTS  OF  KING  ARTHUR  OF  HIS 

NOBLE    KNIGHTS  OF  THE   ROUND   TABLE  THEIR 

MARVELLOUS    ENQUESTS  AND   ADVENTURES 

THE   ACHIEVING    OF    THE    SAN    GREAL 

AND  IN  THE  END  LE  MORTE  DAR- 

THUR   WITH  THE  DOLOUROUS 

DEATH    AND     DEPARTING 

OUT  OF  THIS  WORLD 

OF    THEM    ALL. 


THE  TEXT  AS  WRIT- 
TEN BY  SIR  THOMAS  MALORY 
AND  IMPRINTED  BY  WILLIAM  CAXTON 
AT    WESTMINSTER    THE    YEAR    MCCCCLXXXV 
AND  NOW  SPELLED  IN  MODERN  STYLE.      WITH  AN 
INTRODUCTION    BY    PROFESSOR    RHYS    AND    EMBELLISHED 
WITH  MANY  ORIGINAL  DESIGNS  BY   AUBREY   BEARDSLEY.      MDCCCCIX. 


TITLE-PAGE  DESIGNED  BY  AUBREY  BEARDSLEY 
FOR   MESSRS.   J.    M.   DENT  AND   SONS  LTD. 


63 


UJ 


GO 

(II 
a 


SzUJ 


CO 

O 

< 

-}    CO 

<      QJ 

OQ    ^ 
Q   0- 

s  *- 

o  z 
X  u 

s> 

IT    U 

is 

X    I 

ui  «> 

I-  _l 

'^  5 

ui 

< 

IB 

O  CO 
<   2 

a  < 
I-  ^ 

CO 


64 


C  E  R VAN  TES 


UICHOTTE 


TLLUSTRMONS  EE 
IHDOQHS  DERRiaC 


DESIGN    FOR   A   TITLE-PAGE.     BY   THOMAS    DERRICK 
PUBLISHED     BY     MESSRS,     SIEGLE,     HILL    AND    CO. 


Sn 


^' 


H 
CO 

111 

? 

a 
111 

H 
-I 
< 


m 
o 

UJ 

z 
o 

00 
Ui 

D 

I- 
X 

u 


o 

< 
a. 

o 

z 
< 

UI 

o 

< 

Q. 


I- 


67 


THe  LOVeR  T61.LS  OF  THG  RDS€ 

IN  HIS  He  ART 

X  trurtce  uruxnruLj  xnci  lnx>k 
uX  "tkmc^  worn  xnJi  oLcL^ 
Pkc  crv,  c^  ^  cKOa  ln|  tkc  .x,^ 
vxii  tkc  cpcaJc  cr  a.  UunbcruvO'Ca 
kcAvu  etepe  of-^tK^  plcuoKnv2UV,6plA^Kir 

^  Zlrc  vuraru>vru>  uour  utuu>c  tliAt  bl^woTrt&  x  ro€ 

luroru^  cj- uTU&kApc^1mrlc©i6 
vurort^  -boo  cjrcAt  "to  tnr  touL  } 
I  kuru>cr  to  IntUxLtkarwxrwufAr^ 
i>rccrL  knoLL  xpxrt^ 

like  A.  CA^Lct  c?p<>oLcL 

cLrcaLro^  op  uour  uruu>c  tfut^bloe6<MrM 

•  tne  cLccp*  of"  irui  ruArir. 


CUALA  PRESS  ;  PAGE  DESIGNED  BY  CHARLES  BRAITHWAITE 

68 


FINE    BOOKBINDING    IN    ENGLAND. 
BY  DOUGLAS  COCKERELL 

FINE  or  "  extra  "  binding  as  it  is  called  in  the  trade  implies  that 
the  craftsman  has  done  his  best  with  the  best  materials.  It  may- 
be plain  or  decorated,  but  whatever  work  there  is  should  be 
the  best  of  which  the  craftsman  is  capable.  Printed  books  are 
largely  machine-made  productions,  and  it  would  seem  reason- 
able that  machine-made  books  should  have  machine-made  covers, and  it 
is  in  such  covers  or  "cases"  that  most  of  our  books  are  issued.  There  is 
a  general  feeling  that  the  cost  of  the  binding  should  bear  some  relation  to 
the  cost  of  the  book  ;  but  since  books  are  turned  out  by  the  thousand 
from  the  printing  press,  and  fine  bindings  can  only  be  made  singly  and 
laboriously  by  hand,  it  is  inevitable  that  in  most  cases  such  a  binding 
costs  much  more  than  the  book  it  covers.  This  has  probably  been  the 
case  since  the  invention  of  printing  cheapened  books,  and  yet  there 
have  always  been  people  who  valued  certain  books  highly  enough  to 
have  them  well  bound  and  decorated.  For  a  true  book-lover  does  not 
value  a  book  at  the  price  it  costs,  and  he  may  wish  to  have  the  words  ot 
a  favourite  author  enshrined  in  a  precious  cover.  Some  books  by  their 
nature  and  use  call  for  lavish  treatment.  Books  used  for  important  cere- 
monies, such  as  altar  books  or  lectern  Bibles,  can  quite  well  be  covered 
with  ornament,  provided  this  ornament  is  good.  They  will  be  but  a  spot 
of  gorgeousness  in  a  great  church  or  cathedral,  and  should  be  judged  in 
relation  to  their  surroundings  and  not  as  isolated  articles.  M  There  is 
a  fashion  now  to  value  decoration  in  inverse  ratio  to  its  quantity,  and 
demand  that  it  should  be  concentrated  on  spots,  leaving  the  greater  part 
of  the  surface  of  articles  bare.  This  is  quite  a  reasonable  way  to  treat  a 
binding,  but  it  is  not  the  only  way.  A  satisfactory  binding  can  be  made 
with  little  or  no  ornament,  and  there  is  then  little  fear  of  a  disastrous 
failure.  To  cover  a  book  all  over  with  gold-tooled  decoration  is  a  more 
difficult  thing  to  do  satisfactorily,  but  it  can  be  done,  and,  if  well  done, 
is  well  worth  doing.  JS  At  the  present  time  there  are  many  binders 
working  in  England  who  are  capable  of  turning  out  work  of  the  highest 
class,  and  fortunately  there  are  book-lovers  here  and  in  America  with 
the  taste  and  means  to  commission  such  work.  Probably,  if  a  man  were 
bold  enough  to  spend  five  or  ten  thousand  pounds  on  binding  the  finest 
books  that  are  being  produced  at  the  present  time,  he  would  find,  if  the 
money  were  wisely  spent,  that  he  had  got  a  library  that  would  be  cele- 
brated all  over  the  world.  There  is  an  interesting  revival  in  the  use  of 
arms-blocks  on  bindings,  and  when  certain  modern  libraries  come  to  be 
dispersed  their  owners  will  be  remembered  by  their  books  in  the  same 
way  as  are  the  original  owners  of  the  many  armorial  bindings  that  have 

69 


come  down  to  us  from  the  past.  Jff  There  are  some  qualities  that  are 
common  to  all  well-bound  books.  Of  course  abnormal  books  have  to  be 
treated  specially,  but  it  may  generally  be  said  that  every  leaf  of  a  book 
should  open  right  to  the  back.  This  means  that  all  single  leaves  and 
plates  should  be  attached  by  guards,  and  that  no  overcasting  or  pasting- 
in  should  be  allowed,  and  it  also  means  that  the  back  should  be  truly 
flexible.  The  sections  should  be  sewn  to  flexible  cords  or  tapes,  the  ends 
of  these  should  be  firmly  attached  to  the  boards,  and  the  back  should  be 
covered  with  some  flexible  material,  such  as  leather,  which,  while  pro- 
tecting the  sewing-thread  or  cord,  shall  itself  add  to  the  strength  of  the 
binding.  A  fine  binding  will  have  many  other  features  added  by  way  of 
refinement  or  elaboration,  but  unless  it  has  these  qualities  it  is  likely  to 
be  an  unsatisfactory  piece  of  work.  A  well-bound  book  should  open 
well  and  stay  open,  and  shut  well  and  stay  shut.  The  binder  can  bind 
any  book  so  that  it  will  not  open,  but  there  are  some  books  that  he 
cannot  bindsothat  they  will  open  and  shut  "sweetly."  Jff  Bookbinding  is 
only  one  part  of  the  larger  craft  of  book  production,  and  to  obtain  a 
perfect  book  it  is  necessary  that  the  workers  in  each  branch  of  the  craft 
should  have  a  common  ideal  of  what  a  book  should  be,  and  that  each 
should  do  his  part  in  such  a  way  that  this  ideal  may  be  attained.  Un- 
fortunately it  too  often  happens  that  the  printers  are  quite  content  it 
their  printing  looks  perfect  as  it  comes  from  the  press,  with  the  result 
— through  errors  in  the  choice  of  paper  or  the  number  of  leaves  to  a 
section — that  the  bookbinder  has  unnecessary  and  sometimes  unsur- 
mountable  obstacles  put  in  his  way.  A  book  that  will  not  open  freely 
and  that  gapes  like  a  dead  oyster  when  it  ought  to  be  shut  is  not  pleasant 
to  use,  and  when  these  faults  are  noticed  the  binder  generally  gets  the 
blame.  Sometimes  he  deserves  the  blame,  for  the  fault  may  be  his,  but 
more  often  than  not  the  fault  lies  with  the  paper.  To  open  a  book  a 
certain  number  of  leaves  of  paper  must  be  bent,  and  if  the  paper  is  so 
stiff  that  a  single  leaf  will  not  fall  over  by  its  own  weight,  the  book 
cannot  be  made  to  open  quite  satisfactorily  if  bound  in  the  ordinary  way. 
By  swinging  each  leaf  on  a  guard  it  is  possible  to  bind  a  pack  of  playing- 
cards  into  something  like  a  book  which  will  open  and  shut  freely,  but 
that  this  can  be  done  is  no  excuse  for  the  production  of  books  which 
necessitate  this  drastic  treatment  before  they  can  be  bound  satisfactorily. 
M  William  Morris,  when  he  founded  the  Kelmscott  Press,  did  more 
than  revive  fine  book-printing  ;  he  established  a  tradition  for  books 
that  were  eminently  bindable,  and  the  presses  that  followed  his  lead 
kept  up  the  tradition  ;  so  that  we  have  in  England  a  large  number  of 
beautifully  printed  books  that  are  worthy  of  the  best  binding,  and  that 
impose  no  unnecessary  difficulties  on  the  binder.  Jff  Mr.  Cobden-Sander- 
son  did  much  to  revive  the  use  of  the  tight  or  flexible  back.  In  this  style 
70 


the  leather  is  attached  directly  to  the  back  of  the  sections,  and  so  helps 
to  hold  them  firmly  together.  All  leather-bound  books  had  tight  backs 
until  about  a  hundred  years  ago,  when  the  hollow  back  came  into 
general  use.  A  tight  back  should  throw  up  when  the  book  is  opened  ; 
that  is  to  say  the  back,  convex  when  the  book  is  shut,  should  become 
concave  on  the  book  being  opened.  This  causes  a  certain  amount  of 
creasing  in  the  leather,  and  this  creasing  is  not  good  for  gold  tooling ; 
but  with  a  well-bound  book  the  damage  is  not  serious,  and  important 
constructional  features  must  not  be  sacrificed  for  the  sake  of  the  decora- 
tion. Jff  The  hollow  back  does  not  crease  the  leather,  and  so  is  preferred 
by  finishers,  and  besides  it  is  easier  to  cover  a  hollow  back  neatly  than 
a  tight  one  ;  but  the  strain  of  opening  and  shutting,  which  should  be 
distributed  evenly  across  the  back,  is  in  the  hollow  back  thrown  on  the 
joints,  with  the  result  that  the  leather  is  apt  to  break  at  these  places 
unless  specially  strengthened,  as  is  the  case  with  well-bound  account 
books.  Jff  While  "  flexible  "  backs  that  are  truly  flexible  are  undoubtedly 
the  best,  some  binders  line  up  their  backs  so  stiffly  under  the  leather  as 
to  allow  little  or  no  movement  when  the  book  is  opened.  This  avoids 
the  creasing  of  the  leather  and  leaves  the  decoration  uninjured,  but  the 
book  will  not  open  freely,  and  there  is  no  virtue  in  such  a  tight  back. 
Leather  is  chosen  for  binding  becauseof  its  toughness  and  flexibility, yet 
binders  deliberately  sacrifice  this  last  quality  in  order  to  obtain  extreme 
neatness  or  to  hide  faults  in  the  forwarding.  JS  It  is  the  fashion  in  some 
quarters  to  admire  as  the  perfection  of  craftsmanship  an  exact  and  hard 
square  edge  to  the  boards  of  a  book.  This  can  only  be  got  by  paring  the 
leather  down  till  it  is  as  thin  as  paper  and  has  consequently  very  little 
strength.  A  softer,  rounder  edge  is  natural  to  a  leather-covered  article, 
and  it  is  unreasonable  to  expect  the  qualities  of  a  newly  planed  board 
in  a  material  so  wholly  different  in  character.  The  edges  of  the  leather- 
covered  board  should  have  a  distinctly  flat  face,  and  clumsiness  will  be 
avoided  by  any  good  craftsman.  It  is  only  the  extreme  sharpness,  so 
much  admired  by  unknowing  people,  that  is  objectionable.  M  In  the 
treatment  of  the  edges  of  the  leaves  fashion  has  gone  to  two  extremes  : 
some  book-lovers  demand  that  the  edges  should  be  entirely  uncut,  while 
others  require  them  to  look  like  a  solid  piece  of  metal.  The  rough 
edges,  or  "  deckle,"  on  handmade  paper  is  a  necessary  defect  due  to  the 
way  the  paper  is  made.  These  rough  edges  were  always  trimmed  off  by 
the  early  binders  because  they  were  unsightly, difficult  to  turn  over,  and 
harboured  dust.  Some  of  the  shorter  leaves  would  usually  be  left  un- 
trimmed.  Such  short  leaves  are  known  in  the  trade  as  "  proof,"  i.e. 
proof  that  the  book  has  not  been  unduly  cut  down.  To  gild  a  book-edge 
absolutely  solid  the  binder  must  cut  down  to  the  shortest  leaves  and  so 
often  has  to  reduce  the  size  of  the  book  unreasonably  ;  but  an  accept- 

71 


able  compromise  between  entirely  uncut  edges  and  solid  gilding  can  be 
arrived  at  it  the  sections  of  a  book  to  be  finely  bound  are  trimmed  singly 
and  gilt  "  in  the  rough  "  before  sewing.  This  enriches  the  edges  but 
does  not  disguise  their  nature  nornecessitate  their  being  unduly  cropped. 
Mln  recent  times  there  has  been  much  good  work  done  in  England  in 
the  investigation  of  bookbinding  materials.  The  Royal  Society  of  Arts 
Committee  on  "Leather  for  Bookbinding"  has  established  standards 
of  leather  that  have  made  it  possible  for  binders  to  procure  skins  that  are 
uninjured  in  the  process  of  manufacture,  and  bookbindingleather  of  the 
very  highest  class  is  now  being  produced  in  England.  The  leather  manu- 
facturers are  able  to  dye  leather  any  reasonable  shade  without  the  use  of 
sulphuric  acid,  and  it  is  only  some  of  the  lighter  fancy  colours  that  are 
unprocurable  in  "acid  free"  leather.  That  these  "fancy  "  shades  are 
unprocurable  in  uninjured  leather  is  a  distinct  gain,  as  they  mostly  fade, 
and  books  bound  in  such  leather  seldom  look  as  if  they  were  intended 
to  be  used.  JffThere  arevariousways  by  which  leather-bound  books  may 
be  decorated,  but  tooling,  either  in  gold  or  blind,  is  by  far  the  com- 
monest, and  it  is  tooled  bindings  that  we  are  considering  here.  "  Blind  " 
tooling  is  the  impression  of  hot  tools  on  the  leather.  The  most  satisfac- 
tory tools  for  blind  work  are  those  cut  die-sunk  like  a  seal.  These,  by 
depressing  the  ground,  leave  the  ornament  in  relief.  Tools  for  gold  work 
are  cut  so  that  the  ornament  with  the  gold  is  depressed  below  the  surface 
of  the  leather.  These  tools  may  be  used  without  gold,  but  blind  tooling 
produced  in  this  way  has  little  of  the  character  associated  with  this 
work  when  it  was  at  its  best,  i.e.  up  to  the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century. 
Gold-tooling  came  to  Europe  from  the  East,  and  preserved  a  tradition 
of  Eastern  design  for  a  very  long  period.  The  English  gold-tooled 
bindings  of  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  are  often  strangely 
Eastern  in  the  style  of  the  decoration.  J^  The  ornamentation  of  fine  bind- 
ings reached  almost  its  lowest  ebb  in  England  about  the  middle  of  last 
century.  Of  technical  skill  there  was  never  any  lack,  but  decoration  had 
lost  vitality,  and  the  ornamental  bindings  of  this  time  are  for  the  most 
part  copies  or  parodies  of  the  work  of  earlier  binders.  William  Morris 
designed  a  few  very  beautiful  gold-tooled  bindings  which  were  covered 
all  over  with  the  impressions  of  tools,  each  one  of  which  represented  a 
complete  plant.  His  friend,  Mr.  Cobden-Sanderson,  who  gave  up  the 
practice  of  the  law  to  learn  the  binder's  craft,  produced  books  that  are 
unsurpassed  in  the  delicate  beauty  of  their  decoration.  Before  his  time 
there  had  been  few  attempts  to  combine  tools  to  form  organic  patterns. 
Mr.  Cobden-Sanderson's  tools  were  very  elementary  in  character,  each 
flower,  leaf  or  bud  being  the  impression  of  a  separate  tool.  These  im- 
pressions were  combined  in  such  a  way  as  to  give  a  sense  of  growth, 
and  yet  in  no  way  overlapped  the  traditional  limitations  and  conventions 
72 


of  the  craft.  Mr.  Cobden-Sanderson  got  his  results  by  sheer  genius  in 
the  right  use  of  simple  elements.  He  used  inlays  very  sparingly,  and  his 
finest  bindings  depend  entirely  on  the  effect  of  gold  on  leather.  The 
style  of  design  which  he  founded  has  spread  throughout  the  trade, 
mainly  through  the  teaching  at  the  various  technical  schools,  and  it  is 
novv^  comparatively  rare  to  find  an  elaborate  binding  of  recent  date  with- 
out some  attempt  having  been  made  to  connect  the  tools  so  that  they  to- 
gether form  an  organic  whole.  J^The  use  of  composite  tools  (that  is, 
tools  which  form  a  whole  design  in  themselves  and  do  not  bear  any 
definite  relationship  to  one  another)  is  now  restricted  to  cheap  bindings. 
The  corners  and  centres  on  the  backs  of  school  prizes  are  familiar,  if 
degraded,  examples  of  the  use  of  such  tools.  Together  with  the  Cobden- 
Sanderson  style  of  decoration  there  has  been  a  marked  revival  of  the 
use  of  interlacement  in  gold-tooled  designs.  Interlaced  gold  lines,  if  not 
so  intricate  as  to  be  bewildering,  may  be  very  beautiful,  but  in  this,  as 
in  most  other  crafts,  the  highly-skilled  workman  loves  to  attempt  the 
almost  impossible,  and  some  of  the  recent  interlaced  patterns  fail  on 
account  of  their  over-elaboration  and  consequent  restlessness,  jff  Mr. 
Charles  Ricketts  designed  some  very  notable  gold-tooled  bindings  for 
the  Vale  Press.  These  bindings  have  hardly  received  the  attention 
they  deserve,  and  the  style  has  not  spread  to  any  extent,  possibly  because 
Mr.  Ricketts'  refinement  and  delicacy  in  the  use  of  fine  lines  are  not 
easy  to  acquire.  These  bindings  have  an  architectural  quality  that  places 
them  in  a  class  by  themselves.  Mr.  Cobden-Sanderson  and  Mr. 
Ricketts,  in  their  entirely  different  styles,  have  shown  that  gold-tooling 
may  be  extremely  beautiful  as  decoration  without  overstepping  the 
traditional  limits  of  the  craft,  and  in  the  case  of  the  most  successful 
bindings  now  being  produced  these  traditional  limits  have  been  recog- 
nised. Gold-tooling  is  by  its  nature  a  limited  means  of  expression, 
though  exactly  where  the  limits  lie  must  be  a  matter  of  feeling  and 
taste  rather  than  of  knowledge.  Certainly  in  some  of  the  elaborate  bind- 
ings now  being  produced  the  limits  of  the  craft  have  been  passed,  and 
while  serving  to  show  amazing  dexterity  on  the  part  of  the  finisher, 
these  bindings  are  less  successful  artistically  than  many  that  are  less  ambi- 
tious in  technique.  JS"  There  is  no  clearly  marked  school  of  blind-tooling 
at  present,  though  here  and  there  the  method  has  been  used  with  success. 
Mr.  William  Morris  designed  a  notable  binding  in  white  pigskin  for  the 
Kelmscott "  Chaucer."  Many  copies  were  so  bound  at  the  Doves  Bind- 
ery,but  most  of  the  attempts  that  have  been  made  to  carry  out  work  in  the 
same  style  have  been  comparatively  unsuccessful.  Jff  There  have  been 
a  good  many  efforts  made  to  revive  modelled  leather-work  as  a  means  of 
decorating  books,  but  although  this  method  is  capable  of  producing 
very  fine  results,  most  of  the  binding  in  modelled  leather  shown  in  recent 

73 


exhibitions  cannot  be  said  to  be  successful.  Any  work  that  has  to  be 
done  on  the  leather  before  the  book  is  bound  is  almost  doomed  to  failure, 
because  leather  which  is  modelled  before  binding  cannot  be  handled  by 
the  binder  with  the  freedom  that  is  necessary  if  he  is  to  make  a  work- 
manlike job  of  the  covering.  It  is,  however,  possible  to  put  quite  suffi- 
cient relief  in  modelled  leather  after  a  book  is  bound,  if  the  leather  be 
reasonably  thick  ;  indeed  high  relief  for  most  books  is  objectionable.  JS 
Many  of  the  old  bindings  had  fine  metal  mounts  and  clasps.  If  clasps 
are  used  on  modern  books,  as  a  rule  they  should  be  flush  with  the  sides,  so 
asnot  toscratch  theirneighbourswhentaken  in andoutof  shelves.  Raised 
clasps  and  bosses  are  only  suitable  for  books  that  are  expected  to  stand 
permanently  on  a  lectern.  Jff  In  criticising  decorated  bindings  there  is 
a  danger  of  falling  into  the  common  error  of  generalising  from  isolated 
instances.  You  cannot  put  too  much  ornament  on  a  thing  as  small  as  a 
bookcover  if  the  ornament  is  good  enough.  A  book  well  bound  in  beau- 
tiful leather  may  be  perfectly  satisfactory  and  beautiful  by  virtue  of  good 
workmanship,  fine  material  and  colour.  A  binding  covered  with  fine 
gold-tooling  may  be  just  as  restful  and  far  more  beautiful,  but  while 
there  is  comparatively  little  scope  for  failure  in  the  plain  binding,  there 
are  appalling  pitfalls  if  the  cover  be  lavishly  decorated.  There  are,  of 
course,  all  sorts  of  degrees  of  decoration  between  an  absolutely  plain 
binding  and  one  covered  entirely  with  gold,  but  there  are  some  qualities 
common  to  most  successful  tooled  ornament.  M  There  are  few  bindings 
that  are  quite  successful  unlesstheornament  is  arrangedon  a  symmetrical 
plan.  Any  attempt  to  portray  landscape,  human  figures  or  naturalistic 
flowers  is  almost  doomed  to  failure.  Gold-tooling  is  not  a  suitable  medium 
for  rendering  such  subjects.  M  Lettering  should  be  well  designed  and  free 
from  eccentricities.  The  problem  of  letteringa  long  title  across  a  narrow 
back  may  necessitate  ungainly  breaking  of  words,  but  where  this  is  done 
it  should  only  be  done  from  obvious  necessity,  and  the  reasonable 
necessity  for  this  fault  shouldbe  apparent.  To  letter  books  in  type  so  small 
as  to  be  quite  illegible,  lettering  that  looks  from  a  short  distance  like  a 
gold  line,  is  more  unreasonable  than  almost  any  breaking  of  words  that 
allows  the  use  of  letters  of  a  larger  size.  M  Fine  binding  is  an  expen- 
sive luxury  but  not  an  unreasonable  one  compared  with  many  others. 
We  have  now  in  England  a  school  of  really  fine  binding,  and  the 
most  reasonable  and  unobjectionable  form  that  luxury  can  take  is  the 
use  of  beautiful  things  in  everyday  life.  If  a  book  is  well  bound  and 
well  decorated  it  is  fit  to  use,  and  in  choosing  a  book  to  be  expensively 
bound  it  would  be  better  to  choose  the  book  most  often  used  than  one 
which  would  be  put  away  unopened.  Most  fine  bindings  would  be 
greatly  improved  by  use,  and  the  reasonable  using  of  them  would  give 
immense  pleasure,  a  pleasure  that  would  justify  the  binder's  care  and 
trouble  and  the  purchaser's  outlay.  The  use  of  a  beautiful  thing  gives  a 
far  higher  form  of  pleasure  than  does  the  mere  sense  of  ownership. 

74 


en 

< 
< 

u 

z 

< 

X 

I- 
< 


I- 
z 

5 

a. 

o 


D 
O 

q: 

(3 
:«: 
O 
< 

Q 

Z 


u 

Q 


< 

IE 

o 


U. 

o 

-I 

HI 

z 
< 

CL 


o 

_l 
o 

z 

LlJ 

cc 

LJ 

o 

cc 
o 

CQ 

o 

a 
_i 
< 

cc 

UJ 

I 

I 
h 


liJ 

D 
_l 
CQ 

Z 

o 

z 

a 

z 

m 
O 

o 

CQ 


75 


BOOKBINDING   WITH    GEOMETRICAL   BORDER    IN    PCINTILLE 
BY    KATHARINE    ADAMS 


BOOKBINDING     IN     BROWN     MOROCCO.   WITH     INLAY.   GOLD    TOOLING.   OAK 
SIDES  AND  LEATHER  CLASPS.      DESIGNED  AND  TOOLED  BY  L.   HAY-COOPER 
FORWARDED   BY   W.    H.   SMITH   AND  SON 
(In  the  fosscsiion  o/ the  Grey  Cozt  llosfiital,  li'esltiiinsler) 


76 


{In  the  possession  of  Lambeth 
Parish  Church) 


BOOKBINDING   IN   GREEN     MOROCCO,   WITH     INLAY   AND   GOLD  TOOLING 
DESIGNED    AND    TOOLED    BY   L.    HAY-COOPER.    BOUND    BY    S.    BARNARD 


77 


o  " 

O  u. 

H  O 

Q  CO 

-1  cc 

O  u 

o  > 

Q  I 

z  o 

<  o 

-1  ;; 

2S 


I 

H 
> 

to 

z 
o 

K 
ui 

_l 

CE 
< 

O 


o  > 
z  m 


a 

lij 
z 
o 

1/) 
liJ 
a 


o  Q 

U   O 
>    LU 


LU 


oli! 

o 

o  uj 

O  _i 

z  a:  < 

<  O  S 

UJ  ■    li. 

_i  I   O 

z  >    0> 

O  00   cc 

05 

2 


Q  > 

u  - 

(T    Z  I 

0  o  o 

Q     C«  O 

aj  UJ  ~ 

1  "  § 

05  Ml 


78 


o 
o 


Q 

Z 


z  > 

LU 

a.  O 

CL  O 

<  1- 


O 
O 

m 


o 
o 

H 


O 
C3 

Q 
Z 
< 


z 
o 

en 
Q 

z 

< 


a: 

^  J; 


O 

o 
m 


79 


o 
o 


o 
o 

Q 
2 
< 


z 

Q 

Z 

m 

o 

o 
m 


-J  v^ 

-I  v) 

HI  ? 

IT  Si 

HI  5 

O  J, 

o  s: 

<  • 


C3  ■* 


•^ 


o 

z 

o 
o 

I- 


o 

o 

Q 
z 
< 

< 


o 

z 

5 

z 


o 
o 

CO 


-J  •>" 

a.  ^ 

u)  > 

^  kJ 

O  ^ 

O  <i 

< 

SI 


8o 


BOOKBINDING  IN  GREEN   MOROCCO,  WITH   INLAY 
AND   GOLD  TOOLING.     BY    DOUGLAS   COCKERELL 


{Photo,  lent  I'y 
Mons.  Emilc  Livy) 


BOOKBINDING   IN    DARK    RED   MOROCCO.   WITH    INLAY 
AND  GOLD  TOOLING.      BY    DOUGLAS   COCKERELL 


«3 


If- 


■^^ 


I 


BOOKBINDING   IN    RED   NIGER    MOROCCO.    WITH    GOLD  TOOLING 
BY    FRANK   G.   GARRETT 


BOOKBINDING   IN   VELLUM.   WITH   GOLD  AND  GREEN  TOOLING       BY   FRANK   G.   GARRETT 


84 


BOOKBINDING   IN    MAUVE    MOROCCO,   WITH    INLAY   AND   GOLD  TOOLING.      BY    HON.    NORAH    HEWITT 


BOOKBINDING    IN   SAGE   GREEN    MOROCCO,   WITH    INLAY   AND   GOLD  TOOLING.      BY    HON.    NORAH    HEWITT 


BOOKBINDING   IN    POWDER    BLUE    MOROCCO,   WITH   GOLD  TOOLING.      BY    HON.   NORAH    HEWITT 


BOOKBINDING   IN    NIGER    MOROCCO,   WITH   GOLD  TOOLING.      BY    HON.    NORAH    HEWITT 


86 


CO 
(E 
Hi 

> 

z 

D 
Q 
cd 
O 
u. 

X 

O 

z 

Hi 

a. 
o 


o 
o 


>- 

CQ 

Q 

UJ 

H 
O 

tu 


< 
> 


u 

z 

< 

CQ 
CC 

D 
I- 


d^ 
O  CO 

s  > 

O  m 

go 
S- 

I-  => 
z  o 

<  LU 
>  X 

UJ  UJ 

_l  - 

z 

Q  UJ 

UJ  iu 


a: 


O 

z 

Q 

Z 

CQ 

o 


87 


BOOKBINDING    IN    MAROON    LEVANT   MOROCCO.   WITH    INLAID    PANEL.      DESIGNED 
BY    J.   GREEN,     EXECUTED   BY    P.    WARD  (OXFORD   UNIVERSITY   PRESS) 


BOOKBINDING  IN   GREEN   LEVANT  MOROCCO.   WITH   GOLD  TOOLING.      DESIGNEDSBY    T.  TURBAYNE,   EXECUTED   BY   P.tWARD3 

(OXFORD   UNIVERSITY   PRESS) 


88 


BOOKBINDING   IN    PURPLE   LEVANT   MOROCCO,   WITH    INLAY   AND   GOLD  TOOLING.      DESIGNED   BY    E. 

EXECUTED   BY   J.   GREEN  (OXFORD   UNIVERSITY    PRESS) 


SPARKES 


BOOKBINDING   IN   GREEN    LEVANT   MOROCCO,   WITH    INLAY   AND  GOLD  TOOLING. 
EXECUTED   BY    P.    WARD  ("OXFORD   UNIVERSITY   PRESS) 


DESIGNED   BY  J.  GREEN 


89 


X 

D 
< 

LU 
Q 

K 

Q. 


(3 

2 

a 

z 


o 
o 

m 

IT 

ai 
I 
I- 
< 

UJ 

_i 

Q 
UJ 

_I 
O 

o 

h 


a. 


O 

z 

Q 

Z 


o 
o 

03 


I 
I- 


Q 
UJ 
_J 
O 
O 
h 


-=^.!^  igH  i!5««  i  isl  ^---v^  ■» 


90 


< 

a 

a: 
a. 

h 


O 

z 

5 

z 

CQ 

o 
o 
m 

a: 
u 

X 

h 
< 

LU 

_l 

Q 
UJ 

_l 
O 

o 


X 
D 
< 

Q 


(3 

z 

5 

z 

m 
^^ 
o 
o 
m 

LU 

I 

H 
< 

UJ 

_i 

Q 
LiJ 

_I 
o 
o 

I- 


91 


BOOKBINDING   IN   GREEN   SEALSKIN.   WITH    INLAY    AND  GOLD  TOOLING 
BY    MARY    E.    ROBINSON 


BOOKBINOINQ  IN   ORUSHED  GREEN   LEVANT  MOROCCO 

WITH     GOLD     TOOLING.      BY     ALICE     PATTINSON     (MRS. 

RAYMOND   ALLEN) 


BOOKDINDING   IN   CRUSHED   DARK    BLUE    LEVANT   MOROCCO 

WITH    INLAY   AND    GOLD    TOOLING.      BY     ALICE     PATTINSON 

(MRS.  RAYMUND   ALLEN) 


92 


a 

z 

li 

o 
o 

I- 


o 

a 

Q 

z 
< 

Q 

Z 
_l 

m 
I 
t  i^ 

z  d 

v^       to 


H 
I 

5 


o 

z 


o 
o 


m 


rz 


■M"^'   JJW— WW 


.      .    ..      ^ 


iO 

'CO 


-/ 


■>  Y 


•.'^•;^   ^ 


fe 


-  'S^^.,.it^  i.^«m%,  ."•»r*«ii«WiWWi 


C3 

z 

o 
o 

h 


O 


Q 

z 


±  DO 
CO  M 
«    > 

u 
H 
I 
5 


CO 

o 
o 


93 


>- 
< 

_l 
z 

o 
z 
< 

'hi 

_] 
_] 

p 
z 

o 

0. 

I 
h 


z 

UJ 
UJ 

a: 
O 


o 
z 
< 


>  >■ 
UJ  to 


HI 

ir 

D 
_l 

m 

D 

o 
o 


94 


THfNGOFBESTY 
ISAJOY  FOR  ESR: 
ITSLOVEUNESS 
INCR5SESlTWIIi 

al?*NEVERIS'IS 
RSSINTONoTHAG 
NESS;BIJT  STILL 
:(s3iWILL-KEEFfe): 
ABoWER- QUIET 
FORU&&ASEEP 
FULL  OF- SWEET 
DRSMS&HEACH, 
&QULTBRWHiG 


DOUBLURE   IN    LEVANT   MOROCCO,  WITH    INLAY 
AND  TOOLING.     BY   ROBERT   RIVIERE  AND   SON. 


:;^^*. 


'O-riw^^KSkS^  ■ 


^.  _,     ,      _     ,,       _    _    .,  ;SiQXJKTA.lKS  RISE,  \  , 
^^"'ir><^5,>:^rs<-c^>f-J^^^  DRESS    p^ 

She  BpiJ^s  OF  DesQj^ioi^'s  H4i^^  M  f  ;^ 

JpAss^'i^ix  THE  Spirit  OF'THE  5^  ^ 

:G HY  FOOTSTEPS  TO  A  SLOPE  OF  GREEN  ACCESS,    ^ 
$3EhERE,LIKE  an INF/a«^:SMttE.  over  the   DEAD    U^:!^ 

;M  XIGHTCoF  LAUGHINaFLOWERSAXONG^^^  HE  ^Am« 

!  ;IS:  :SPREAD.-    X^L-- 


1*114^^^ 


^^^E^^^ 


■Ul^ 


>  rN;$QNG-  ?( 
/gSCaENDS  ON  me;  MY  spirit's  BiVRK  is-  t 

»  A&' FROM  THE  SHORE. -FAR  FROM  THE  T^piB^/f 

!<iXi;HOSE  SAI tS  ARE  NEVER  TO  THE  TE M PEST^^ ; 


^    G HE  kASSY  EARTH  ANPj^SPH^REP  SKIES  ARE      ^ 

,      ^,:AJyI;--^ORNE.^-i)^Ri£LY,:^EARF^ 

>ii JSC'HILST,  BU RN I NG  TH^^  THE  INM OST  VE IL  -^ 

t>r'^>i<ft^'r'«>i4i>t-«><i)0F^^  ^ 

PHE   SOyt  QFc/lDOt^lt#  XIKE  A  STAR  ^ 

i    -jS EACONS  FROM  THE  ABODE  WHERE  THE  €t ER^    f 


JSBsaMSJBfcMJSiiSjhB^JMJtt 


FLY-LEAF   IN   GREEN    LEVANT   MORCCOO,   WITH    INLAY   AND 
GOLD   TOOLING.      BY    F.   SANGORSKI    AND   G.   SUTCLIFFE 


97 


o 
o 

I- 


o 

O    111 


I 
I- 


O     y, 

o 

o  o 


UJ   o 
z 


o 

z 

Q 

Z 

m 
:<: 
O 

O 

CO 


o 

z 

_1 
o 
o 

H 


O 

CJ 

T     ^ 

t    t 

o^ 
o„ 

O    u 

q: 
O 

I- 
z 
< 
> 

_l 

UJ 

D 


C3 


a 

z 

m 

o 
o 


98 


o 
o 

H 


o 
o 

o 

z 
< 


6  a 

u  Q 

"  z 

o  < 

oc 

O  5 

5  CO 

I-  °= 

z  ° 


Z    U- 
O    CQ 

a: 

CQ 


Q 

z 


o 
o 

CQ 


P^^fEiTSWS^IXWsr^^SF"' 


o 

O 

I- 


O 

o 

Q 

Z 
< 

>- 
< 


li 

5  " 


z 
m 

HI 

q: 
O 


Q 

z 

CO 

o 
o 

CQ 


99 


a 

z 

_l 

o 
o 


o 

I 
h 


o 

Q 
O 
O 

<r 
o 

n 

ui  a: 
_l  o 
o 
z  z 
ai   < 

Hi    !/) 

a. 
C2   u. 


o 

z 

Q 

Z 

m 

o 
o 

m 


o 
z 

_i 
o 
o 

h 


o 

C3 
O 

z 
< 


o 
o 
o 
o 

IT 
O 

h 
Z 
< 
> 

LU 

-I 

lU 

D 
_] 
CO 

z 

o 
z 

Q 

z 


o 
o 


"yffr^^^^^^f^^^i^^l^i^ 


lOO 


BOOKBINDING    IN   OLIVE    MOROCCO,   WITH   GOLD  TOOLING 
CENTRE    PANEL   OF    RED    INLAY.      BY    A.    DE   SAUTY 


BOOKBINDING    IN   OLIVE    MOROCCO.   WITH   GOLD   TOOLING.      BY   A.    DE    SAUTY 


lOI 


o 

z 
-I 
o 
o 


o 

o 

Q 
Z 
< 

< 


z  z 
-   < 

5    3 


o 
ir 
< 

o 

UJ 
IT 
(/3 


O 

z 

o 

z 
m 

o 
o 
m 


o 

z 

IJ 
o 
o 

H 


o 
o 


<  < 

>  to 
< 

_l  z 

z  < 

—  > 

I  -1 


o 
o 
o 
o 
cc 
O 
2 

LU    CO 

^- 

CQ 


O 

Z 

a 

z 

ED 

:^ 

o 
o 

m 


I02 


BOOKBINDING  IN  BLUE  MOROCCO,  WITH 
INLAY  AND  GOLD  TOOLING.  BY  SIR  EDWARD 
SULLIVAN,    BART. 


o 
z 
< 

>■ 
< 


X 


o 


o 
o 
m 


52 

.  CO 

O  z 

O  I 

O  HI 

o  < 

tr  N 

O  ^ 


h 
z 
< 
> 

UJ 


UJ   O 
>   O 


C3 

Z 


o 
o 

« 


105 


a 

z 


>- 
< 


I 
I- 


O 

o 
o 
o 
cr 
O 
2 

H 
z 
< 
> 

u 

_l 

lU 

D 
_J 

m 

z 

o 

z 

5 

z 

m 

o 
o 
m 


o 
a 

CO 

z 
I 

HI 


106 


BOOKBINDING    IN    BLUE    LEVANT   MOROCCO,  WITH 
INLAY     AND     GOLD     TOOLING.        BY     ZAEHNSDORF 


BOOKBINDING    IN    BLUE   LEVANT   MOROCCO,    WITH 
INLAY     AND     GOLD     TOOLING.        BY     ZAEHNSDORF 


o 

z 

o 
o 

1- 

Q 
-i  Q 

O  <  M 

I- 


Q  ti. 


55 

Q  OC 
HI  < 

H  „ 


o  < 

o  o 

o  o 

tr  uj 

O  Q 

5 


I-  -J 
z  O 
O 


o 
o 
I 
o 

HI  (/> 


> 

LU 

_l 


CO 


z 
ai 
u 

C3  Q  9 


m  o 


z  D 

o 

o  m 

z 

Q 

Z 


o 
o 

CD 


LOVE    AND    BEAUTY    BY- 


•  -AlHXHVa    wo    SMMAH    HnOd-  • 


?  5 


en 


I  t  I 


uJQrB 


UJ 

_l 
Q 
< 

CO 


> 
in 


z 
< 


z 

X 

o 


a 

UJ 

z 
o 

05  tC 
UJ  2 
Q    „ 


UJ 

< 

O 

6 

z 

Q 

Z 


«:SBH> 


z 
< 

05 

D 

o 

I 

UJ 
O 

z 

UJ  ur 

o:  z 

3  < 

<  _j 

->  z 

>-  r 

m  o 

Q  ^ 

o  ^ 

05    K 
UJ    O 

Q    U- 

UJ 

< 

O 

6 

z 

Q 

Z 


I  I  2 


UJ 

_l 

5  . 

O  Q 

z  H 

^  -" 

-  tfi 

->  z 

<  Q 

Z  z 

5  < 

tu  I- 

q:  z 

>  ^ 

cn 

UJ  m 


.:  o 


Q 

z 


ha 
(JCQ 


,, /, 


■Vij 


# 


CO 
UJ 

_1 

O  d 
It] 

J^ 

Q   O 

-I    CO 

So 

-  z 
o  < 

UJ 

z 
^  i^ 

3  2 


CO     CO 

u  a. 

Q     CO 
CO 

UJ   ui 

%^ 

O    CC 


C3 

z 

Q 

z 


oi a. 


2I:;0 


a    9_  ■? 


•s^ 


113 


CO 


> 

O 


_l  to 
z 
Q  O 
-I  CO 
< 
z   Q 

55 

z 

■n    Q 
Q 

Hi  2 
z 
O  _; 

CO  '    .' 
lU    CO 

Q  c: 

CO 
UJ  CO 
CO     LU 

5^ 

6S 


Q 

Z 


<J^I 


LlI 

_] 
5 

^? 

^  ': 

J    CO 

So 

Z    Q 

UJ  -^ 
^  V- 
^  z 


z 

o  ^■ 

CO 
LU    CO 

Q  o: 

CO 
LU  CO 
CO     LU 

<    2 

o 

o§ 

Z    LI. 
Q 

Z 


114 


I. 


■  ' 

• 
i 
f 
a 
I 
■ 

■ 
i 
I 
» 

1 

0 
» 

t 

s 

i 
i 

R 

s 

S 
» 

i 

i 
« 
i 
■ 

I 

i 


Jlic0ldt) 


te  ^  «s  ti  «'  ts  «  »  Bi  «  IS  ;0  ■  »••««»«   «« 


■ 

I  ' 

8 

S 

'■ 

■ 

8 

m 

-M 
M 

• 

■ 
e 
@ 

n 

« 

■' 


■^ifc.fe'B^feji;  a>^;'JJaii.^:ks^  j 


® 


I 


(9Pa«MBn8»a 


BINDING-CASE    DESIGNED    BY    R.    P.   GOSSOP 
FOR    MESSRS.   J.    M.    DENT   AND   SONS   LTD. 


CO 

cc 

UJ 

a. 
< 

a. 

z 
< 


en 
Q 

(r 


O 
111 

o 


h 
I- 

ir 
O 
u. 

z 
a 

en 

UJ 

O 


•-1 


Q 
Q 

O 

I 

z 
< 
2 
O 
? 


=^ 


CO 

O 
ir 
< 


>- 

u 

m 

D 


IE 
U 
> 

o 
o 

q: 
o 

u. 

z 
o 
to 

UJ 

Q 


ii6 


D 

< 

u. 

CO 

>  >■ 

Q  hi 

o  -J 

tJ 

Li_  CO 

O  V 

q:  lu 

IM  c 

>  CQ 

O  -> 

O  < 

rr  > 

O  ^ 

U- 

z 

C3 

CO 

lU 

o 

-^ 

« 

^ 

■<^ 

5\ 

- 

^ 

CO 

tr 

in 

> 

o 

_i 

z 

< 

h 

>- 

z 

UJ 

D 

_l 

o 

CO 

7 

Q 

(E 

UJ 

< 

I 

UJ 

K 

m 

; 

> 

u. 

UJ 

O 

c 

CO 

IE 

D 

UJ 

< 

> 

O 

>- 

o 

CQ 

(C 

o 

L. 

Z 

o 

CO 

u 

O 

117 


.f.3^^ 


(n 

J  z 

^  O 

_l 

<  O 

z  z 

cc  z 


Z  2 

o 

05  ^ 

LU 

UJ  W 

<  HI 

O  2 

6  o: 
z  o 

5  "- 

z 


liJ 

h 

CO 
J  z 

gS 

<   Q 

z  z 

5  < 

UJ   H 

cc  z 

UJ 


(/) 


u  CO 

<  l" 

O  2 

6  a: 

z  o 

5  "^ 

z 

m 


ii8 


03 

Z 
< 

>- 

IE 
UI 


O 

^  \- 
O  -J 
li. 

CO 

uj  o 
-I  w 
5  ^ 


UJ 

IE  (O 

^1 

o  s 

05  (E 

Q  li. 

cc 

UJ  : 

0^  > 

?  ^ 

°r  < 

z  5 

LU  _J 


119 


< 

1- 

n 

CSL 

h 

o 

Li 

li- 

en 

CO 

111 

z 

1 

O 

5 

05 

o 

Q 

z 

7 

^ 

< 

i 

Ul 

<T 

Q 

n 

_l 

III 

< 

-1 

Z 

\- 

(T 

D 

IJl 

o 

q: 

cc 

> 

Ul 

m 

o 

o> 

(T 

z 

O 

o 

Ul 

U) 

C3 

LU 

n 

(/) 

<o 

oc 

d: 

(/) 

Ul 

CO 

Q. 

Ul 

< 

7 

0. 

1 

> 

o 

OQ 

7 

Ul 

O 

Ul 

I 

rn 

-J 

1 

_1 

o 

CQ 

nr 

-> 

h 

a. 

lii 

_ 

T 

1- 

ui 

CO 

u. 

cc 

O 

o 

7" 

1- 

z 

Ul 

D 

T 

< 

1- 

I 

? 

u 

O 

X 

n- 

1- 

u. 

I20 


y 


END-PAPER   DESIGN    BY     H.    GRANVILLE   FELL 
FOR    MESSRS.    GEORGE    NEWNES,  LTD. 


121 


Q 

Ul  w 
Z   (O 

s^ 

us  z 

O    LU 
UJ    O 


UJ    LU 
I    I 


ir 

^  05 

El 

_j  -I 

_i  d 

<  5 

t  CO 

z  u 

cc  < 

Ul  ^ 

O  > 

CO  CO 


122 


INITIAL   LETTERS   DESIGNED    BY   R.   JAMES   WILLIAMS.      FOR   THE   VINCENT   PRESS 

123 


"COUTE  QUIIL  COUTE    '  —  DECORATIVE 
DRAWING  BY  R     JAMES  WILLIAMS 


124 


GERMANY 


THE    ART   OF   THE    BOOK    IN    GER- 
MANY.    BY  L.  DEUBNER 

ETTERPRESS  printing,  even  in  the  edition  de  luxe,  is  not 
an  art,  and  neither  the  compositor  nor  the  printer  is  an 
artist."  This  is  what  was  written  in  the  year  1887  by 
Ludwig  Nieper,  at  that  time  Director  of  what  is  now  the 
Royal  Academy  of  the  Graphic  Arts  and  Book  Industry  at 
Leipzig,  a  city  which  in  the  present  year  has  in  its  International  Exhi- 
bition, embracing  every  conceivable  aspect  of  the  industry  as  well  as 
the  arts  most  closely  bound  up  with  it,  furnished  such  a  convincing  and 
impressive  demonstration  of  the  culture  uniting  the  nations  as  perhaps 
has  never  been  offered  before.  The  conviction  expressed  in  the  passage 
just  quoted,  repudiating  the  existence  of  any  influence  of  art  on  indus- 
trial labour,  belongs  to  a  period  bereft  of  any  real  feeling  for  art  and  con- 
tent with  the  imitation  and  repetition  of  historic  styles  while  eschewing 
any  contact  with  the  practical  requirements  of  the  industry.  Nowadays 
we  know  how  beneficial  and  fruitful  for  both  has  been  the  reciprocal 
influence  of  art  and  industry  in  every  sphere  of  activity,  and  that  only 
by  this  means  have  we  been  able  to  proceed  from  mere  external  embel- 
lishment to  artistic  form,  from  book  adornment  to  a  true  art  of  the 
book.  Thus  in  the  space  of  barely  twenty-five  years  our  views  of  what 
art  really  is  and  what  are  its  functions  have  radically  changed,  and  it 
must  be  left  to  those  who  come  after  us  to  estimate  more  correctly  than 
we  are  able  to  at  the  present  day,  the  immense  labour  which  has  been 
accomplished  in  the  space  of  a  generation.  The  incipient  stages  in 
the  growth  of  the  new  movement  in  Germany  date  back  some  twenty 
years.  At  that  time  we  looked  with  envy  at  the  publications  which 
issued  from  the  private  presses  of  England,  and  could  boast  of  nothing 
that  could  compare  with  the  far-famed  "  Faust  "  of  the  Doves  Press  ; 
and  if  to-day  we  are  at  length  able  to  stand  on  our  own  feet,  it  would 
yet  be  false  to  assert  that  the  modern  art  of  book  production  in  Germany 
has  developed  from  within,  and  to  disavow  the  valuable  stimulus  and 
knowledge  we  owe  especially  to  the  English  books  of  that  period.  And 
clearly  as  we  perceived  that  the  book  in  its  entirety,  with  its  harmonious 
co-ordination  of  type,  decoration,  composition,  paper  and  binding, 
should  form  a  work  of  art,  yet  only  after  many  mistakes  and  deviations 
have  we  arrived  at  the  goal.  Thus  nowadays  no  one  would  seriously 
seek  to  defend  such  a  production  as  the  official  catalogue  of  the  German 
section  at  the  Paris  Exhibition  of  1900  ;  and  so,  too,  the  so-called 
"Eckmann"  type,  which  at  one  time  was  taken  up  with  unexampled 
enthusiasm — a  type  in  which  the  designer  had  contrived  to  adapt  the 
ancient  forms  of  the  "Antiqua"  type  to  the  sinuous  lines  of  modern 

127 


ornament — is  now  almost  completely  forgotten.  These  and  many  other 
things  which  at  that  time  were  acclaimed  as  creative  achievements, 
belong  to  that  class  of  errors  which  are  really  nothing  but  exaggerated 
truths.  But  in  the  absence  of  such  excesses  and  that  exuberance  of  feel- 
ing which  was  so  violently  manifested, it  would  have  been  quite  impos- 
sible to  accomplish  in  so  short  a  time  what  as  a  matter  of  fact  was  accom- 
plished, and  in  spite  of  shortcomings  has  even  now  lost  none  of  its  im- 
portance in  the  history  of  the  development  of  a  new  art  of  the  book.  M 
The  first  event  of  significance  which  followed  the  renewed  recognition 
of  the  decorative  value  of  the  printed  letter  was  the  issue  of  some  new 
types  designed  by  Otto  Eckmann  and  Peter  Behrens  respectively,  the 
former  slender,  delicate,  and  round,  the  latter  bold,  distinguished,  and 
angular, but  both  alike  quite  free, natural, andeasily  legible.  It  was  these 
founts  that  really  inaugurated  the  new  development ;  and  the  foundry  of 
the  Gebr.  Klingspor  which  issued  them,  placed  itself  by  so  doing  at  the 
head  of  all  those  enterprising  type-foundries  which  have  since  en- 
riched our  printing  press  with  a  wealth  of  new  and  valuable  founts.  It 
had  come  to  be  recognised  that  lettering  and  ornament  were  closely  cor- 
related ;  that  the  ornamentation  of  printed  matter  could  not  be  regarded  as 
an  end  in  itself,  but  must  be  adapted  to  the  character  of  the  lettering  in 
order  that  the  rectangular  space  of  a  page  should  be  so  filled  as  to 
achieve  a  good  general  effect  and  satisfy  the  sensitive  eye.  Nothing 
remained,  therefore,  but  to  entrust  the  designing  of  new  types  to  artists 
who  had  already  accomplished  good  and  original  work  as  book  deco- 
rators ;  and  as  none  of  the  numerous  German  type-foundries  desired 
or  indeed  could  afford  to  be  behindhand  in  a  movement  of  this  kind, 
it  resulted  that  in  the  course  of  a  few  years  the  printing  presses  of  the 
country  were  inundated  with  a  flood  of  new  "artist"  types,  of  which, 
nevertheless,  only  relatively  few  have  been  able  to  survive  till  now.  To 
design  a  new  type  or  to  re-mould  the  old  forms  of  "  Antiqua  "  (Roman) 
or  "Fraktur"  (German  Gothic),  so  that  the  new  forms  should  not  only 
have  a  good  black-and-white  effect  but  that  the  eye  should  be  able  to 
grasp  with  ease  the  sequence  of"  word-pictures  "  as  well  as  each  indivi- 
dual letter  and  to  read  the  lines  quickly  and  comfortably,  is  a  task 
of  extraordinary  difficulty  which  many  who  have  attempted  to  grapple 
with  have  under-estimated.  To  obtain  an  idea  of  the  multitude  of 
difficulties  that  have  to  be  overcome,  one  must  bear  in  mind  that  the 
fundamental  forms  of  the  individual  letters  are  fixed,  and  that  only 
small  changes  are  possible  in  the  general  shape,  in  the  proportions  of 
the  component  parts,  in  the  alternation  of  the  upright,  horizontal,  and 
oblique  lines,  in  the  curvatureof  the  so-called  "versal"  or  capital  letters, 
in  the  serifs,  and  in  the  sweep  of  preliminary  or  terminal  flourishes; 
that  the  printed  letter,  unlike  manuscript,  is  bound  up  with  fixed  laws, 
128 


and  that  in  order  to  justify  its  claim  to  consideration  it  should,  while 
expressing  the  artistic  individuality  of  its  designer,  not  be  too  original 
and  personal  if  it  is  to  be  employed  for  general  use.  Further,  it  should 
conform  to  the  spirit  and  ideas  of  the  age,  and  yet  again  it  ought  not 
to  be  wholly  conditioned  by  contemporary  considerations  if  it  is  to 
survive  to  a  later  age,  as  have  many  fine  founts  which  the  seventeenth 
and  eighteenth  centuries  have  bequeathed  to  us.  M  As  already  said,  only 
a  few  among  our  modern  German  designers  of  printed  types  have  mas- 
tered all  these  difficulties,  and  among  these  few  the  names  of  Behrens, 
Tiemann,  Koch,  Kleukens,  Weiss,  and  Wieynk  are  pre-eminent.  In  the 
course  of  some  thirteen  years  that  born  architect,  Peter  Behrens,  who 
began  as  a  painter  of  easel  pictures  and  a  decorator  of  books,  and  now 
builds  palaces,  factory  buildings,  and  gigantic  business-houses,  has  him- 
self designed  four  founts  in  which  the  whole  artistic  evolution  of  this 
strong-willed  nature  is  reflected,  and  which  yet  seem  so  entirely  the  pro- 
duct of  a  natural  growth  that  one  is  quite  unconscious  of  the  years  of 
labour  spent  on  their  improvement  and  perfection  in  the  interval  be- 
tween the  preparation  of  the  designsand  the  actual  casting  of  the  founts. 
As  compared  with  the  architectonic  character  of  the  austere,  angular 
forms  ofthe  first  Behrens  type,  the  italic  or  "Kursiv"fount(p.  141)  which 
made  its  appearance  six  years  later  looks  more  decorative  with  the 
gentle  sweep  and  uniform  flow  of  its  lines,  and  in  the  most  successful 
of  the  Roman  founts  the  full  vigour  and  monumentality  of  his  later 
period  of  activity  is  clearly  expressed  ;  while  the  most  recent  of  all,  the 
"Mediaeval"  (p.  140),  which  was  only  issued  a  few  weeks  ago,  is  again 
more  ornamental  with  its  uniformly  fine  lines,  and  admirably  answers  to 
itsdcsignation  as  a  type  embodying  the  characteristics  ofthe  Italian  Re- 
naissance script.  M  Another  "Mediasval"  type  which  even  excels  that 
just  mentioned  in  clearness  and  beauty  of  form  has  been  designed 
by  Walter  Tiemann  (pp.  146  and  147),  who  holds  the  position  of  in- 
structor at  the  Royal  Academy  of  Graphic  Arts  at  Leipzig,  and  devotes 
himself  almost  exclusively  to  the  improvement  of  the  art  of  lettering 
and  book  production.  Like  all  the  other  types  designed  by  this  artist, 
it  has  less  of  a  personal  character  about  it,  and  reason  more  than  senti- 
ment has  been  the  guiding  motive  in  the  design  ;  but  its  cool,  distin- 
guished reticence  gives  it  a  quite  exceptional  merit.  It  is,  moreover, 
completely  independent  of  itsclassical  prototypes  and  their  Romanesque 
imitations ;  very  effective  in  all  its  gradations,  the  use  of  it  is  not  re- 
stricted to  the  limited  editions  of  our  private  presses,  and  in  fact  it  is 
now  one  ofthe  most  popular  founts  we  have.  JS  The  fine  Roman  types 
byF.W.  Kleukens  (pp.  1 5 1, 1 53  and  156)  rank  among  the  most  gratifying 
achievements  of  our  new  school.  They  are  free  from  eccentricity  of  any 
kind,  there  is  a  seductive  charm  in  their  unassuming  yet  distinguished 

129 


forms,  and  even  the  ornamental  slender  kinds  are  agreeably  clear.  In 
spite  of  the  thinness  of  their  lines  the  letters  belonging  to  this  slender 
fount  combine  to  make  easily  legible  lines.  The  Kleukens  types  are 
practical  as  well  as  attractive,  and  in  conjunction  vs^ith  specially  de- 
signed borders,  initials  and  decorative  devices  of  all  kinds,  they  are 
well  adapted  for  the  most  diverse  uses.  M  Of  a  far  more  personal  char- 
acter, but  at  the  same  time  of  a  more  restricted  range  of  use,  are  the 
graceful  tvpes  by  Heinrich  Wieynk  (pp.  149  and  i  50).  It  is  the  spirit 
of  the  Rococo  that  dv^ells  therein — that  epoch  to  which,  with  its  playful 
charm  and  light-hearted  grace,  we  owe  so  many  masterpieces  of  French 
typography.  Even  the  superfluous  loops  and  flourishes  which  were 
characteristic  of  that  period  are  encountered  again,  with  many  bizarre 
peculiarities, in  the  "Kursiv"  and  "Trianon"  ofWieynk,and  yet  there 
is  a  remarkable  fluidity  and  vitality  in  each  stroke  ;  the  general  eff^ect  is 
highly  artistic,  and,  as  the  examples  now  reproduced  show,  the  founts 
are  admirably  adapted  to  numerous  purposes.  M  Many  attempts  have 
been  made  to  modernise  the  old  "  Schwabacher  "  type,  which  dates  from 
the  middle  of  the  fifteenth  century,  and  differs  from  German  Gothic,  or 
"Fraktur,"  by  being  morecompact.  Themostsuccessful  in  this  direction 
so  far  has  been  Rudolf  Koch,  whose  "  German  Script,"  in  the  three  dif- 
ferent forms  here  shown  (pp.  142  to  145),  has  once  more  revealed  the 
rich  beauty  and  massive  power  inherent  in  the  various  kinds  of  German 
type.  In  these  boldly  designed  letters  is  expressed  a  manly  earnestness 
and  also  a  simple  grandeur  which,  in  the  sweeping,  powerful  forms  of 
the  initials,  becomes  truly  monumental.  They  are,  moreover,  carefully 
thought  out  in  all  their  details,  and  notwithstanding  the  strength  of  the 
lines,  even  in  the  smallest  sizes,  they  are  very  expressive  in  their  beauty. 
Jff  Heinz  Konig,  too,  has  had  good  fortune  with  his  "  Schwabacher  " 
type  (p.  152).  This  is  remarkably  clear,  and  in  its  amalgamation  of 
Roman  forms  with  the  characteristics  of  German  founts  it  has  proved 
both  sound  and  serviceable,  and  it  is  one,  moreover,  which  offers  no  diffi- 
culty whatever  to  the  foreigner.  The  curls  and  loops  which  the  cham- 
pions of"  Antiqua,"  or  Roman,  find  fault  with  in  the  German  styles  of 
type  are  absent  ;  it  is  a  Gothic  purged  of  all  unnecessary  details  and  is  at 
oncedignified  and  decorative.  M  Amongthenew  "  Fraktur  "  or  German 
Gothic  types  mention  should  first  of  all  be  made  of  that  known  as 
"  Weiss-Fraktur,"  which,  designed  by  E.  R.  Weiss,  has  been  perfected 
by  him  after  many  years  of  untiring  collaboration  with  the  Type  Foun- 
dry of  Bauer  and  Co.  It  has  remained  a  purely  German  type,  but  is 
without  the  flourishes  bequeathed  by  the  old  German  Gothic.  The 
light  and  open  appearance  of  matter  composed  with  it  imparts  to  it  a 
clarity  which  is  distinctly  agreeable,  so  that  one  can  follow  it  with  ease 
and  comfort  while  deriving  quiet  pleasure  from  the  simplicity  and 
130 


definiteness  of  a  type  which  satisfies  in  equal  degree  the  requirements  of 
use  and  aesthetic  susceptibiHty.  TheTempel  Verlag,  in  common  with  a 
number  of  other  important  German  pubHshing  houses,  has  adopted  the 
"  Weiss-Fraktur"  for  its  model  editions  of  German  classics.  J^  When 
new  desires  call  for  satisfaction  and  new  forms  begin  to  develop,  it  is 
always  those  spheres  of  activity  which  offer  easy  and  pleasant  possi- 
bilities of  accomplishment  that  are  selected  for  experimenting.  Thus 
some  fifteen  years  ago  the  designing  of  bookbindings  was  a  favourite 
occupation  of  the  artists  who  interested  themselves  in  the  reform  of  in- 
dustrial art,  and  many  who  have  now  attained  to  clear  and  definite  ideas 
do  not  want  to  be  reminded  of  the  sort  of  work  that  was  done  in  those 
days.  Under  the  influence  of  Van  de  Velde's  precept  that  every  line  is 
a  force,  the  wrappers  and  bindings  of  books  were  among  the  things  that 
were  covered  with  a  nervous  labyrinth  of  lines  which  was  expressive 
only  of  an  attitude  of  mind  radically  at  variance  with  all  that  had  gone 
before.  But  many  who  at  first  occupied  themselves  with  this  kind  of 
work  in  a  more  or  less  dilettante  spirit,  have  by  quiet,  serious  labour  and 
steady  development  mastered  its  problems  and  have  come  to  devote 
themselves  almost  exclusively  to  the  graphic  arts  and  the  industry  of 
book  production, sothat  we  nowpossess  an  important  organisation  of  the 
workers  in  this  field — the"  Verein  deutscher  Buchgewerbekiinstler" — 
whose  collective  exhibition  at  the  International  Exhibition  now  being 
held  at  Leipzig  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  sections  of  this  great  dis- 
play. Of  the  artists  whose  work  is  represented  among  the  accompanying 
illustrations, Cissarz,  Ehmcke,  Kleukens,  Koster,  Koch,  Renner,  Steiner- 
Prag,  Tiemann,  Weiss  and  Wieynk  belong  to  this  group.  Jffjohann 
Vincenz  Cissarz  had  in  1900  already  advanced  to  such  prominence  in 
this  branch  of  work  that  the  artistic  arrangement  of  the  German  Typo- 
graphical Section  at  the  Paris  Universal  Exhibition  was  entrusted  to 
him.  A  long  way  behind  as  this  catalogue  now  is,  it  was  nevertheless 
at  that  date  an  exemplary  achievement  as  regards  type,  ornament,  print- 
ing, and  binding  ;  and  to  the  large  number  of  commissions  it  brought 
the  artist  may  be  due  the  fact  that  thereafter  his  chief  attention  was  be- 
stowedon  the  art  of  the  book,  in  spite  of  his  penchant  and  decided  genius 
for  painting  of  a  decorative  and  even  monumental  character  and  his  par- 
ticular partiality  for  the  etching-needle.  From  DresdenCissarz  migrated, 
first  to  Darmstadt  and  then  to  Stuttgart,  where  as  teacher  at  the  Royal 
School  of  Applied  Art  he  found  a  welcome  opportunity  of  communi- 
cating to  others  his  own  sound  principles  in  regard  to  the  internal  and 
external  arrangement  of  books,  and  already  he  is  able  to  look  back  upon 
a  teaching  career  which  has  been  very  successful.  And  here,  too,  many 
grateful  tasks  have  fallen  to  him,  not  only  in  connection  with  special 
events,  such  as  jubilees,  presentation  addresses,  and  such  things,  but 

131 


more  especially  in  the  course  of  work  undertaken  for  the  publishing 
houses  of  Stuttgart.  Though  the  luxurious  binding  executed  by  hand 
in  costly  materials  may  be  superior  in  an  artistic  sense,  yet  from  the 
economic  and  cultural  point  ot  view  the  tastefully  designed  bindings 
produced  in  large  quantities  by  the  publishing  houses  are  of  greater 
importance.    A  series  of  these  publishers'  cases  of  diverse  design    is 
illustrated  on  pages  i68  and   172,  and  it  shows  how  successfully  the 
designer  has  utilised  the  space  to  display  his  boldly  lettered  title  or  to 
cover  the  whole  field  with  becoming  ornament.  M  Hugo  Steiner-Prag, 
who  first  became  known  through  his  poetic  drawings  for  children's 
fairy  tales  and  books  of  verses,  has  also  for  some  years  past  taught  at  the 
Royal  Academy  of  Graphic  Arts  at  Leipzig.   His  chief  successes  have 
been  won  as  an  illustrator, but  from  the  bindings  now  reproduced  (pp. 
166  and  167)  it  will  be  seen  that  he  has  a  marked  talent  for  the  em- 
bellishment of  the  book.  By  means  of  simple  lines  and  decorative  orna- 
ment, usually  confined  to  a  well-proportioned  centre  field,  he  achieves 
really  charming  effects.  Jff  Karl  Roster  was  at  one  time  a  pupil  of  Peter 
Behrens,  and  in  order  to  be  able  to  take  advantage  of  all  the  possibilities 
open  to  the  bookbinder  he  has  not  shrunk  from  learning  the  craft  in  the 
regular  way.  Thus  in  the  course  of  his  work  he  has  not  been  wholly  con- 
cerned with  the  external  embellishment  of  the  book,  which  he  always 
endeavours  to  harmonise  with  its  contents,  but  has  also  kept  in  view  the 
practical  purpose  of  the  binding  as  a  protective  covering  for  the  book. 
His  great  skill  in  achieving  delightful  effects  with  the  simplest  means 
is  amply  demonstrated  by  the  numerous  bindings  he  has  designed  for 
publishers.    Thus  in  the  bindings  here  illustrated,  "  Heimkehr  "  and 
*'  Buch  Joram  "  (p.  169),  three  lines  of  lettering  suffice  to  animate  and 
decorate  the  entire  surface  ;  but  he  is  quite  capable  of  employing  much 
richer  decorative  devices  with  discretion  and  good  taste.   From  the  way 
in  which  he  has  placed  a  simple  cross  of  violet  leather  in  the  richly  orna- 
mented middle  field  of  his  red  missal  binding  (p.  1 63),  to  show  to  the 
greatest  advantage  the  colour  of  the  amethysts  set  in  the  silver  mounts,  it 
may  be  inferred  that  he  is  capable  of  producing  new  and  peculiar  arrange- 
ments of  form  and  colour  without  breaking  with  the  best  traditions. 
In  his  second  missal  binding  the  form  of  the  cross  which  dominates  the 
entire  space  is  distributed  over  twelve  circular  panels  or  fields,  of  which 
the  middlemost  is  worked  with  a  white  leather  inlay  and  gold-tooling. 
The  other  circles  are  lined  with  violet  leather,  and  with  the  four  ame- 
thysts of  the  corner  rosettes,  the  sea-green  morocco,  and  the  rich  gilding, 
produce  a  splendid  effect  of  colour.  Jff  Among  the  professional  crafts- 
men who  yielded  to  the  new  ideas  of  book  production  Paul  Kersten  is 
perhaps  the  best  known,  as  he  is  without  doubt  the  most  successful. 
With  an  extensive  practical  experience,  which  has  mastered  all  the  j 

132 


technical  possibilities,  he  combines  artistic  susceptibility  and  a  literary 
aptitude  which  has  enabled  him  to  uphold  the  objects  he  has  at  heart 
in  thoughtfully  written  essays  and  books.     As  head  of  the  Technical 
School  for  Bookbinders  in  Berlin  he  is  in  a  position  to  exercise  an 
educative  influence  in  the  best  sense.    The  bindings   illustrated  on 
pages  164  and  165  enable  one  to  judge  of  his  technical  versatility  and 
his  methods  of  decoration,  which  are  not  restricted  to  a  particular 
scheme.     They  are  without  exception  leather  bindings  in  which  the 
title  is  placed  independently  on  the  back  or  within  a  panel  left  for  it, 
the  ornamentation  of  the  cover  being  therefore  uninfluenced  by  it.   In 
bindings  of  a  richer  character  he  is  very  fond  of  utilising  a  diversity  of 
colours  for  the  sake  of  the  animating  effect.    Thus  in  his  dark-blue 
morocco  binding,  whose  centre  panel  is  occupied  by  five  hexagons 
within  circles,  the  flowers  displayed  therein  are  of  red,  green,  and 
violet  leather  ;  while  in  the  chamois  binding  of  Baudelaire's  "Fleurs  du 
Mai,"  for  the  ornamentation  of  which,  in  gold  and  blind  stamping,  no 
fewer  than  1 8,000  impressions  were  required,  leather  overlays  in  seven 
different  colours  were   used.    But  even  with  such  an  abundance  of 
decoration  one  is  not  conscious  of  any  excess,  but  only  perhaps  that 
agreeable  sense  of  assurance  which  the  practised  hand  communicates. 
Three  colours,  black,  red  and  blue,  are  employed  for  ornamenting  the 
calf-binding  with  a  circular  centre  panel,  the  decoration  of  which  is 
carried  out  by  a  special  process  of  tooling  and  staining.  M  Of  a  much 
simpler  character  is  the  work  of  Franz  Weisse,  who  likewise  has  come 
from  the  ranks  of  the  handicraftsmen,  and  is  now  engaged  as  teacher 
at  the  School  of  Applied  Art  in  Hamburg.  The  simple  but  bold  stamp- 
ing in  which  the  decoration  of  his  pigskin  binding  (p.  170)  is  executed 
comports  well  with  the  outspoken  candour  of  Grimmelshausen's  "  Sim- 
plicissimus."  A  feature  of  interest  is  the  use  of  the  "batik"  process*  for 
producing  floral  ornament  spread  over  the  sides  and  back  of  the  parch- 
ment binding.Jff  Again,  in  the  richly  decorated  bindings  of  F.  A.  Demeter 
(pp.  161  and  162)  one  observes  the  sure  hand  of  the  experienced  prac- 
titioner who  knows  how  to  take  advantage  of  the  beauties  of  material 
and  technique  in  the  fulfilment  of  his  artistic  aims.   His  ornamentation 
is  certainly  not  quite  original,  but  is  distinguished  by  a  clever  deco- 
rative treatment  of  floral  motives  and  a  tasteful  application  of  them  ; 
and  even  when  he  completely  covers  the  back  and  sides  with  decoration 
of  a  uniform  character,  one  does  not  feel  that  it  is  overdone.   A  beau- 
tiful example  of  his  work  is  the  binding  with  a  design  of  leafage  in  gold 
on  a  reseda-green  leather.    Demeter  also  is  a  professional  binder,  and 

*  Batik  IS  a  process  of  producing  patterns  by  means  of  dyes  and  resists  ;  it  has  long  been 
in  use  in  the  Dutch  East  Indies,  whence  it  was  introduced  into  Holland,  and  now  has  a 
considerable  vogue  both  there  and  in  Germany,  Austria  and  Hungary. 


at  present  is  head  of  the  applied  art  department  of  theHiibel  andDenck 
wholesale  bindery  at  Leipzig.  Even  these  large  industrial  concerns, 
equipped  for  the  wholesale  production  of  cheap  bindings,  have  been 
obliged  to  take  account  of  the  growing  desire  for  books  that  have  an 
artistic  value,  and  to  attach  to  their  establishments  special  departments 
in  which,  under  the  supervision  of  artistically  minded  craftsmen,  not 
only  simple  bindings  in  *'  boards,"  but  also  the  costly  and  elaborate 
kinds  of  binding  requiring  most  careful  hand-work,  are  prepared.  Jff 
One  of  the  most  individual  of  the  German  artists  who  have  devoted 
themselves  to  the  modern  art  of  the  book  is  Emil  Preetorius.  He  is 
a  born  illustrator,  and  has  mastered  all  the  various  means  of  expression 
in  equal  degree  ;  even  in  the  very  concise  outline  of  the  silhouette  he 
achieves  an  abundance  of  characterisation  and  vitality.  The  silhouettes 
shown  here  (p.  i6o)  are  from  a  popular  edition  of  Daudet's  "Tartarin 
de  Tarascon,"  which  he  has  embellished  and  illustrated  with  refined 
artistic  feeling  ;  they  figure  there  merely  as  the  decorative  headpieces 
to  certain  of  the  chapters,  and  serve  as  a  jocose  premonition  of  what  is 
to  follow.  They  are  not  the  actual  illustrations  of  the  book,  but  they 
certainly  afford  an  excellent  idea  of  the  happy  way  in  which  with  these 
queer  little  black  figures  he  has  caught  the  grotesque  comicality  of 
this  strange  adventure.  He  is  also  fond  of  giving  the  reader  in  his 
title-pages  a  foretaste  of  what  awaits  him,  of  expressing  graphically, 
in  drawings  often  containing  a  number  of  figures,  the  contents  and 
spirit  of  the  books  in  which  they  appear.  His  figures  are  mostly  those 
of  people  who  lived  in  the  "  Biedermeier  "  age  ;  they  have  a  distinctly 
old-fashioned  look  about  them,  but  none  of  that  sentimental  "gush" 
which  so  often  makes  the  so-called  "Stimmung"picturesof  that  period 
unpalatable  to  us  moderns.  While  having  a  decided  partiality  for  the 
peculiarities  and  foibles  of  the  "Biedermeier"  folk,  Preetorius  is 
thoroughly  modern  in  feeling  ;  his  drawings  are  austere  rather  than 
sweetly  sentimental,  and  even  their  aesthetic  defects  are  pertinent  to  his 
art.  M  The  part  played  by  variousenterprising  and  ideally  minded  pub- 
lishing houses  in  fostering  and  stimulating  that  pleasure  in  beautiful 
books  and  their  acquisition  which  has  increased  to  such  an  extraordinary 
degree  in  Germany  during  the  past  decade  must  not  go  unrecorded 
here.  Among  these  the  firm  of  Eugen  Diederichs,  of  Jena,  claims  pri- 
mary consideration  because  of  the  ungrudging  spirit  in  which  it  has 
afforded  to  all  who  have  made  a  name  in  the  sphere  of  artistic  book- 
production  an  opportunity  of  displaying  their  ideas  and  skill.  This 
firm  caters  for  all  the  manifold  cultural  tendencies  of  our  age,  and  its 
publications  being  of  a  serious  character,  the  collaboration  of  these 
artists  has  been  in  the  main  restricted  to  wrappers  and  bindings,  title- 
pages,  initials,  ornamental  borders,  and  other  decorative  details.   On  the 


other  hand,  there  are  houses,  such  as  that  of  Georg  Miiller  in  Munich, 
which  besides  good  decoration  go  in  largely  for  book  illustration,  in 
which  also  numerous  and  interesting  developments  have  taken  place, 
including  a  revival  of  various  processes — such  as  wood-engraving,  litho- 
graphy, and  etching — that  had  fallen  largel)'^  into  disuse,  but  now  once 
more  enjoy  considerable  favour  for  the  purpose  of  book  illustration. 
The  Insel-Verlag  of  Leipzig,  S.  Fischer  of  Berlin,  Paul  and  Bruno 
Cassirer  of  Berlin,  Kurt  Wolff  of  Leipzig,  and  many  others,  have  helped 
materially  in  this  reflorescence  of  German  illustrative  art.  But  at  the 
same  time,  there  are  more  than  a  few  who  hold  that  a  well-printed  book 
with  unimpeachable  letterpress,  paper  and  binding  requires  neither 
decoration  nor  illustration,  and  that  its  intrinsic  merit  depends  on  the 
perfect  manner  in  which  the  technical  work  is  carried  out.  Thus  the 
celebrated  editions  of  the  Hyperion  Press  and  the  splendid  issues  of 
the  Century  Press  of  the  Munich  publishing  firm  of  Hans  von  Weber 
are  brilliant  examples  of  German  typography;  nor  need  the  publica- 
tions of  the  Janus  Press  of  Leipzig,  produced  with  consummate  tech- 
nical care  under  the  supervision  of  Walter  Tiemann  and  Carl  Ernst 
Poeschel,  fear  comparison  with  the  books  that  issue  from  the  private 
presses  of  England.  These  volumes  are  only  printed  in  small  editions 
of  one  hundred  and  fifty  to 
two  hundred  copies,  and 
satisfy  the  utmost  demands 
of  discriminating  biblio- 
philes. Of  distinction  on 
account  of  their  typically 
German  character  are  the 
"  Rudolfinische  Drucke," 
brought  out  by  Rudolf  Koch 
in  association  with  Rudolf 
Gerstung  at  Offenbach,  and 
published  by  Wilhelm  Gers- 
tung. In  these  books,  which 
are  also  genuinely  German 
in  their  contents,  everything 
is  expressly  avoided  which  in 
any  way  deviates  from  the 
considerations  of  chief  im- 
portance— proper  spacing  of 
the  letters  and  the  well- 
balanced  composition  of  the 
page  of  letterpress  in  Koch's 
essentially     German     fount. 


TITLE-PAGE   DESIGNED    BY   PROF.    PAUL   LANG-KURZ 


"^35 


together  with  uniform  excellence  of  workmanship  throughout.  Thus 
only  the  title-pages  are  specially  designed,  and  the  body  of  the  letterpress 
is  but  sparingly  relieved  with  the  imposing  initials  belonging  to  this 
fount ;  but  the  bindings,  with  their  cover-papers  cut  and  printed  by  the 
artist  himself,  also  bear  witness  to  the  virile  beauty  of  his  art.  Of  a 
more  arresting  and  luxurious  character  are  the  productions  of  the  Ernst 
Ludwig  Press  of  the  Grand  Duke  of  Hesse,  the  artistic  supervision  of 
which  has  been  entrusted  to  F.  W.  Kleukens  ;  and  the  costly  editions 
de  luxe  of  the  Pan-Press  of  Berlin,  which  are  emebllished  with  litho- 
graphs by  Slevogt,  Corinth  and  Pascin,  or  etchings  by  Geiger  or 
Walser.  Such  productions,  however,  are  beyond  the  scope  of  this  work. 
M  What  Germany  is  now  able  to  offer  in  the  art  of  book  production 
is  superabundantly  shown  in  the  International  Exhibition  which  is 
being  held  this  year  at  Leipzig.  That  after  barely  a  score  of  years  we 
should  have  seriously  ventured  to  invite  the  civilised  races  to  peaceful 
competition  in  this  special  domain  is  a  proof  that  we  are  conscious  of 
the  value  of  our  work,  and  do  not  fear  the  verdict  of  the  world. 


"^•i^^^3:^i^ 


ORNAMENT  DESIGNED  BY 
PROF.  F.  W.  KLEUKENS,  FOR 
D.  STEMPEL.  FRANKFURT  A.M. 


136 


'^^^M^^iii^^^^^R^^S^^i^i^^  ^j;^:^^ 


RICHARD  BOTHS 
NEUER  KLEINER 

REISEFUHRER 

DURCH  PARISER 

UND  LONDONER 

GALERIEN  UND 

MUSEEN 


R.BOTHPASING 


i^^^^i^Jj5>:^  ks^^^^^ii^SJi^ 


THE      ANTIQUA"  TYPE.     DESIGNED  BY   PROF.   PETER   BEHREN8 
CAST  BY  QEBR.   KLINQSPOR,  OFFENBACH   A.M. 


[37 


^s       <U   .-   1=     +-' 

o  -  ^  S-S 
.E  ^  fc-  «  o 
_2— T  fe  c  (u 


■B  o  '^ 


_c  ca 


u 


^  no 


.^ 


~  «-  o  ^ 
c  -a  g  = 

Uj    (U    O  "T3  -^ 


ui 

E 
Z 
ttl 
(0 

cc 

UJ 

I- 

Ul 
0. 

IL 

o 

K 
0. 


< 

X 

o 

< 
m 
Q  z 

UJ    UJ 

z  u. 
O  u. 

"1  ^ 
^§ 

ui  S 


> 
ffi 


I- 
z 


UJ  CO 
I  < 
H   O 


'38 


^  I  H^ 
-^   >  §^ 

|§^^ 

►*    O    D    4J 
(U    ^      (U    C  I 
'2'd^^ 
!^    w    9    c 

0  'O  -d  - 

•d  *«  3  .S 

.-^o  o   - 

C  J:!  -t^  •^ 

CO    1)    C  J:^ 
'o   *^    9-.    '^ 


O    <U 

OS  a 

Q  > 

c   « 

^.^ 
HJ 


TD  .jH  ofl  4-1 

3  1)  '"     O) 

^  GO  ^    ii 

<u  v;  o  ^ 

^  s  e  o 


>  >  § 


2  ::7 


o  -c 

a 
o 


§ 


13  .. 


M     O 


2 -a 


c 
(u  -a  ^ 

(z>    D    „ 
D    D    5 

o  s  s 

o  2  £5 

•u*    03    > 


o 

N 

^     > 

c  c 


C    <U    O 

o-d.a 

it!  ^,  <u 


c  (^ 


> 

D 
C 


wi 

>  > 

c 
o 


1)     -^    -M 


GO 


N 


CO     > 


C  . 
lU 

6 

o  . 
w 

C     Dfl 

'?.  C 
DO  ID 

DO'S 
Ctl    O 

::?  M 
>  o 
lU  13 

to    D 


a 

CO 

— H 

o 

G 
O 
O 

c 

oj 

> 

a, 

o 


-d 
c 
o 

N 

'S 

C! 

1) 
o 

V-I 


irJ  G  (U 

G    DO  (U 


o  ^ 


(U  -Q 


'Q    (U    |3 


o 


*1J  +^  fe 

G    -T^   k^ 


-d 

(U 


0 
o 

C3 

CO 

C 
03 
«-i 
■*-> 


CO 


C    C3    ^ 

M  o-d 

G-Q  ::7 

G   tJ^J 
>    3  13 

.    G    *:l    *^ 
G  •^- 


/o     ,<%     C 


o  <u  H  S 

■"13         "> 
G    1? 


c  ol3  ^ 

(U  <tJ    1)    3 

G  ^    >    OS 

13  Q  cH 


G 

<L) 

C 

G 

0 

^ 

0 

U) 

G 

D 

<U 

(U 

^ 

a 

^ 

V-i 

3 

<U 

Vi 

13 

*T^ 

^ 

4-> 

13 

,G 

OS 

G 

DJ3 

03 

G 

> 

C 

G 

a  G    » 
"^  o  G 


V  _5 

ii 

G    3 

^4-1 

D  -d 

13 

3  ^ 

-6 

Z3    0 

N 

+-> 

CO 

zijns 
deb 

c  s 

V 

rt  ^3 

J3 

>  > 

G 

G    C 

CO  '(U 

O  Vh 

^  03 

13  ;§ 


:^  E-d 

<->    on  CO 
O    0    G 

9.  o  n 

'IJ  -G    b 
Ii  03 

•  ii.  O    OS 

■+j  "d  13 


03 

z 
111 

(C 

I 

UJ 
CO 

e 

UJ 

H 
ui 
0. 

uJ 

(T    Z 


>- 

m 
o 

UJ 

z 
g 
m  u. 
UJ  o 
o     . 

h5 


Is 


Ul 


u  " 

CD 

111  h^ 
f-  o 


0O<XXX)OOOO<X)OOO0OOC>00O(yX300O00(XXXX>O0O<XXX)OO0C)O000CXJ0OCXXXXyXXXXKXXXXXX)O0OO0OO0OCX)0OO0OC)O00C^ 


c/0  J-<  V-/ 


O    CO 

^^ 

c  ^ 

O  (4-1 
3    "^    b 

1^  ««  3 

.S  o  o 
G    05    ,« 

8S| 

c  Ji  P 

4->     "^ 


Q13 


^ 


0OOOOOOOOOOOO000OrX)OCX)OC>OOC)<X)OOOOOC)OOOOO0CK)O00OC>OOOOOOOOOOC>OOOOOOC)OOOC>OOOO0OOO<«JOOOOO( 


139 


oo 


UJ 


p^ 


> 


D 


d 


I— I 

< 

CxJ 

Q 
< 

< 
Q 


< 


Ci:^ 


txj 

o 


Pi 

00  00 

W  H 

<  00 


0» 

z 
111 
e 

X 
Ul 
CD 

oe 

Ul 

^- 

Ul 
Q. 


H 
< 

Q 

Pc:: 


w 
3 

H 


^  H 

-W  < 

-  S  ^ 

u,  W  < 

^  e^  oo 

<  w  ^ 

^-1  l-rH 

u  & 

oo  X 


O    w 

a  I' 
-I 

■-.-  y3  >< 
~  c 


•u 

a 
c 

D 

e 

•o 
cr 

c 
o 


O    00 


o,  w 


"H^^ 


a  rt 


r  u 


<  o 


T3  C 
3  D 
w<    CO 

iT  (^  -f-" 

a 


4) 

e 

o 

CU 

o 
13 

CO 

c 

CO 

e 

CO 


ii    CO 


.tTi  tj 


n  ■>-' 

CO    4J 


c 
o 
o 

c  S 


CO 

3 
D 
C 


■'^  *->  X^ 

^  G  ^ 

^  o  w 

(/>    u  o 

-^  3 

>o    ^  O 

-    3  rt 

O    CO  '^ 

>-■  -p.  'S 

4J      CL,    rt 


CO 

C 

to 
"o 

CO 

c 

3 

"3 

cr 

3 

CO 


C 
CO   -H 


C 
(0  .CO 


O 

C 
_  3 

P    C    D 
S    3    U 


D  »-• 


O 


CO 

CO 

a 

■V 

■^     CO 

C   2 
o  ex 

CO  ^ 

*-■  c 


^  S  "• 


na 


CO 


c  cr 

(0 


CO    3    3    c 

rt     3     O    4->  CO 

O    to^    D  -- 

£  ■-    ^  'C  CO 

:"  &crp  g 

CJ                     *  4_> 

fO  .~''  O 

;z;    o    U    CO  O 


<J      VJ      w>      «/      (fl      — 


D  <o 

3  -H 

'-  3 

CO  tr 

rt  c 

i>  E 

CO  »-i 

CO  O 

•  ^  Ll_i 


oJ2 


00 


o 

a: 

to 

_)w<qw<;<.-iw>Sq 


•-"•o  3 
C   CO   "^    ^-^ 


="    3 

o  5 


4> 
U 

'5- 

cfl 

C    O 
4)    U 


O 
C 

DO 


C 
(0 

4>    dj 


tt 


C 

c 

4» 

D    CO 

3  '« 


O 


3  •ii' 
■5  -57 

CO  73 

co'tJ 
3  C 
D    O 


XI  '^ 

<   «J 
S| 

C    J-. 

■5  '5. 

C    X 
O    3 

C     CT) 


ft  (fl 

c  a 

o 

6 


CO 

4> 

o 


CO     ** 

3    4> 
■"    '^    B 


U 


to    M 


CO 

C 


CO    4J 
■■     1) 


2;q 


*t3    CO 

^    U  CO 

3  13  C 

4->  (Q 


►^wA 


«5 

Q   < 
UJ    CD 

z  z 

lU   o 
Q 


-I  :iC 


I  < 

h  o 


140 


i)  (B 

(i)  % 

d)GvSe>SesSSNS8s9GN9Gv9GNS^ 


=3 

I 


I 

?3 


I 


i)  ^ 

(^e^S6^SG^S<^S(^SS^S6^SG^SG^S(^S^ 

rS\se>8€\9GvS6SSSN£>eN!)6>£GN9(^ 

(^eNSGV8e>£>G>98NS6N8SvS6vSGNSSNS^ 

tS^£>S^SG^8G^S6^SS^S(^S8^£6^S(^S^ 


^)<^SG^£)e^S(^9a^£>(^^<^98^s(^ss^s( 


Ul 
K 

z 
111 
a 

DC 

111 

»- 
111 

^< 

ce  X 


Q    lU 
III  u. 

|o 
a  a 

CO 
•  CD 

>-  J 


::  a 

W  Ul 

DC  CJ 

»-  o 


I  s  ^ il 

i^s>  P^ m 


141 


pom^^WDfo^oiai 


tDiirdlidii^tjlMiin  oon 


llatt-taM  mM 


imi^lmMm 


und  mknr 


A   GERMAN   TYPE    DESIGNED   BY   RUDOLF   KOCH 
CAST  BY  GEBR    KLINQ3POR,  OFFENBACH  A.M. 

142 


52 
II.  I 

o  < 

Q 

D 

ce 


ffi 
z 
111 


^?mm?»?m?t^?m?m?i^?»?»?»?tf?»?»?i^?»?»?m?»?»?t»?»?m?»?»?»?»?m^ 


•c? 


ffs 


I 


»25  o  «i*  «  •«'  a 
«<«)<;)  ?:j  <;>  <^ 


C 


I 


S  2 


^    ^ 


s-s 


a  :? 


g>B^fv 
to  w  ft*  » 

-a  V*  "a  -o 


a 

^  '^. 

•o  ^  a 

.<^  a  ft* 

IS  ^  «» 

«*  <3)  a 


(^ 


■a 
a 


iti^gS 


o^ol»    '2{e>.ae    ^ato^    o 
N?)R(S»    (S)<r)«>Sj    5j»^<^:^    R 


'S  Si.  f^ 

:s^a 

•■a  •■•S  »"• 


ft>   «>   Q 


U 
U 


U^»C  ^Vo  ^^C  ^9Q  ^9Q  ^^6  ^^C  ^^6  ^9^  ^^C  ^»w  ^•G  ^^6  ^WS  ^»w  ^9Q  ^wo  ^^6  ^»C  ^•C  Cp€  ^^6  ^^o  ^^S  *^C  ^^6  ^^S  ^^C 


>-  u. 

m  o 

Q  (c 

z  a. 

O  CO 

«  o 

111  z 

Q  -I 


> 
CO 


z 
< 

UJ    h 
O    (O 


aPa»pa»pa»?i»pa»pa»pa»pa»Pi»^a»Pt»Pa»pa»Pa0Pa»Pa»pa»Pa»Pa»Pi»p«pa»p«Pi»pa»Pi»Pa»Pa»2 


I    ^ 


8 


% 

J 

1 

"w 

1 

1 

♦ 

i 

'S 

s 

^ 

e 

% 

P^ 

$ 

♦ 

1 

t>t 

% 

1 

% 
s 

o 

O 

i 

143 


|jlattctcn^^alcn5anum  <^ 

I  ♦  dngcrlc^tct  ouf  dae  Jai^t  dc6  ^efte  1^08* 

r  (in  0ar  |inntdc^  6u(^ldn  ubtt  die  Uatur  dct 

pianetcn  und  dcrcn  3nf)ucn3  und  fonftigc  k^r- 

fame  Dinge^  mit  6auern^ptattifa  und  Kegein 

fur  den  Ulen|c^en  inegemein  oetfe^en.  6e- 

3ietet  mit  artigen  ^ildlein^  fo  tHeiftet 

@ebald  $e(^am  Don  Uutenbetg  in 

^0(3  gefd^nittem 

^ufammenge/lellt  t)on 

£naricDonKedn>i^ 


1^0$  ♦  JnfeUt)cda0  in  ttip^i^ 


A   GERMAN  TYPE   DESIGNED   BY  RUDOLF  KOCH 
CAST    BY  QEBR.   KLING8P0R.  OFFENBACH    A.M. 

144 


Sermon  ^timm 


i^eben  Htic^clon^ctor' 


6e(^r(e0  Kapitcl 


ecc^fteeKapitd  1505-0$ 

6iu(io  der  ^tveite  -  ^iuliono  di  6an 
Oallo^  6ecufun0  na<^  Hom»  3ramante 
'<$cabmonument  dcdPopffed  '-Umge- 
fltaltung  der  oUendaliltPa  oon  €tpeter 
''Heircna<^<tQccaca-'6innedandecun9 
deaPapftcd  "^lu^t  '  6c^cciben  6iU' 
lio'0  an  die^ignocie  oon  ^lorens-^n^ 
erbteten  oon  ftittn  dee  ^uUanr- 
Kucf  Pei>r  no<^  Kom  OI0  i^efondter  der 
HepubliP'Seldjug  de^PaprUd  QtQtn 
6oio0na  -<Einnohmc  dcr  6tadr 
2>iePo(itiP  dea  Dottf  ans  ^otte  duv<^  den 
iDe^fel  der  Perfonen  Peine  aUjugco^e 
Deranderung  etUtten.  Cefare  Borgia's 
3tpe<f  toar  die  ^erf)eUun0  einee  natio- 
nalen  etnigen  Kei<^e0  gemefen^^iulio 
dec^roeite  tooUte  ni^ta  ^ndeced.  Bu<^ 
er  ^atte  eine  $amtlie,  die  er  qvo$  ju 
ma(^en  fuc^te,  au<^  il)n  unterftu^ten 
^ift^mord^becfteUung  und  offene^e- 
tDaUromfeit.tDiedie6orgia'0  mu$te  er 
3tDif<i^en  6panien  und  ^ronffrei^  die 
Dorteilboftefte  iHitte  3U  l)()Uen  fu<^en. 
3n  3tpei  PunPten  ober  unter|<i)ied  er  fid) 
wm  X>apftt  Alexander:  er  lieS  ni^t 
dur^  ^nder  e  ^rieg  f ui>ren;  fondern  jog 
in  eigenerperfon  ju  $etde  und  1000  er 
eroberte^  foUte  der^ir<^e  get)oren  und 
nic^t  denHoDere'd,  feiner  $ami(ie.t>iere 
befl^rcinPte  er  auf  UrbinoJ^r  ^erjog^ 
turn.  y{l&  er  ftatb,  l)interlie$  er  einen 
6(^0^  in  den  6etoo(ben  der  €ngeld' 
burg,  den  feine  Dertoandten  ni^t  be^ 
rul)ren  durften,  den  Pein  anderer  al9 
der  auf  it)n  folgendepapf)  befi^en  foUte. 
<£ineraul)e,|llol3ett)urde(iegtin6iu(io0 
^uftreten  und  feine  £Dildl)eitartetenie 
in  ^roufamPeit  au0*tDo0  il)n  aber  oor 
aUen  onder  en  Papften  oor  il)m  und  no<^ 
i(>m  geadelt  t^at/ipt  feine  $reude  an  den 
IDerPen  grower  ^unftler  und  der  61i<f, 
mit  dent  er  0e  erPannte  und  ju  fi<^  em^ 
porjog. 

Unter  den  ntannerU;  die  er  foglei<^  na<^ 
Kom  berief;  mat  einer  der  t>ornel>mften 


6iuliano  di  €an  6aUo.2>iefer  ^atte  in 
fruf>eren3ei(en  <Z>fKa  fur  ii>n,al0  Rat' 
dinalDincula^befefHigt.nton  ft^t  diefe 
tauten  in  den  ^nfang  der  a^tjiger 
^at^re.  €angaUo  tam^  0(0  er  dama(0 
na^  (Dftia  berufen  roard,  au0  Heapel, 
00  er  im  Buftrage  de0  aUen^orenjo  dei 
flledid  einen  Palaft  fur  den  ^erjog  oon 
<£alabrien,den6o$nde0Ronig0;baute. 
<£r  gel)orte  3u  den  glucf lichen  i^euten, 
die  uberaU  Kui)m  und  futftU^ts  tDol)U 
woUen  finden.  3n  niailand  toar  er  oon 
iCudooico  Sforja  gianjend  empfangen 
toorden;  in  Kom  muj^te  er  fur  Oincula 
einen  Palaft  bauen,  Alexander  VI.  be^^ 
f<i)ofligte  il)m  <tefare  Borgia  de0glei' 
^en;  in  ^aoona,  dent  ^eburtaort  der 
Kooere,  boute  er  furt)incu(a  toiederum, 
dent  er  dann  na4  $ranFrei<^  folgte,  too 
ityn  der  ^onig  in  Affection  nai)nt;  end^ 
li<^,  na^  $loren3  3uru<f  gef  el)rt  tourde 
eroonderHegierungntitfortlaufenden 
^rbeiten  oerfei)en,bi0  ii)n  jt^t  fein  alter 
Conner  abermal0  na<^  Kom  befai>L 
6ongaUo  ntac^te  denpapf)  auf  ntic^el- 
angelo  aufnterPfant,  und  mitten  au0  der 
Arbeit  ant  barton  l)erau0  rourde  diefer 
jt^t  na<^  Kont  berufen.  ^undert  6cudi 
Keifegeld3at>Uemanii)ntaufder6teUe 
au0.  ^r  ntu0  3u  ^nfang  de0  Jai^vts 
1505  in  ttont  eingetroffen  fein. 
^iulio  tott^tt,  trof^  der  €i(e,  mit  der  er 
il^n  oerlangt  t^atte,  nic^t  gleic^,n>a0  er 
i^m  3U  tun  geben  foUte.<^inige  3eit  ging 
daruber  t>in;  bi0  er  il>m  den^uftrag  3u 
einem  fololfalen  6rabmonumente  er- 
teilte,  da0  er  ffir  n<^  fetber  im  Qantt 
Peter  erri^ten  laffen  tooUte.  ini(^eU 
angelo  entwarf  eine3ei<^nung  und  der 
Pop)),  ent3u<Pt  daoon,  befa^Lil^m,  in  der 
^ofllifo  oon  €anft  Peter  fog(ei<^  den 
beften.pia^  fur  da0  fllonument  amfin' 
dig  3ti  ma^en.  Z>iefe  ^ir<^e,  ein  unge^ 
t>eure0tDerP  au0  den'dlteften^eiten  dee 
Cl)riftentum0,  an  dem  ^al>rl)underte 
l>indur<^toeitergebautn)ordentDar,be- 
fa^  eine$uUe  oon  ^unftf<^Q^en.  Giotto 

75 


A  GERMAN  TYPE  DESIGNED    BY    RUDOLF    KOCH 
CAST    BY  QEBR.    KLINGSPOR,    OFFENBACH   A.M. 


145 


(J 

4-1 

(J 


TO    3    D 


u    u 


w   §   w  ^  *5b  S  ^ 


tkO^  'TD  I— I  ^ 


<u 


D  :0  -3 

•  2;    t-,    vj    (Tj    aj 

■1^    h!    u  '"'    ra 


(-1 


CJ 


5=  -c 

c 


c 


c 

C 

^   <^j   c 


3    h 


i2^ 


o  V 


Q  ^ 

c 


<j 


^  E 

3      CO 

E  '^ 
t-i 


o  -^  <-*-<  ^-^ 

fct  C    D    H) 

S  CO    t^  .S 

C  (T3     +_i  ,  (U 

o  c  ^  c 

E  u-'BjG 

ra  nj  c'S 


c  G  c 
^   > 

^    D  ^ 

.1  ^  c 

n3  *o  ra 

c   ra  t: 

^^  ^ 

(ij  w  :ra 


3 

T^ 


O  .2^    ^ 

pn    «-•   11; 


to    ^ 

<x 

^  ra 

O    G 

^^ 

g« 

^  13 

►-1  E 
^  E 


V  O 

UI  OL 

Z  CO 

a  o 

Ui  _J 

a  ^ 


ui  m 


< 
> 

Q 
UI 

2 


a. 
►—I 


CO 

1=1 

»— » 


Od 


Z 

o 
> 

o 

(I) 
> 


146 


IN  THE  RIGHT  GOVERNMENT  OF  A  STATE 
the  rules  of  propriety  serve  the  same  purpose  as  the  stee^ 
yard  in  determining  what  is  light  and  what  is  heavy,-  or,  as 
the  carpenter's  line  in  determining  what  is  square  and  what 
is  round.  If  the  weights  of  the  steelyard  be  true,  there  can  be 
no  imposition  in  the  matter  of  weight,-  if  the  line  be  rightly 
applied  there  will  be  no  doubt  about  the  evenness  of  the  sur^ 
face,-  if  the  square  and  compass  be  exact  there  will  be  no 
uncertainty  as  to  the  shape  of  the  figure.  When  a  superior 
man  conducts  the  government  of  his  State  with  a  discrimin^ 
ating  attention  to  these  rules  of  propriety  he  cannot  be  imposed 
on  by  traitors  and  impostors.  The  ceremonies  of  the  Court 
audiences  at  the  different  seasons  were  intended  to  illustrate 
the  righteous  relations  between  ruler  and  subject,-  the  friendly 
messages  and  inquiries  to  illustrate  the  mutual  honor  and 
respect  between  the  feudal  princes,-  those  of  mourning  and 
sacrifice,  to  illustrate  the  kindly  feelings  of  ministers  and  sons,- 
those  of  social  meetings  in  the  country  district,  to  show  the 
order  that  should  prevail  between  young  and  old,-  and  those 
of  marriage  to  exhibit  the  separation  that  should  be  maintained 
between  males  and  females.Those  ceremonies  prevent  the  rise 
of  disorder  and  confusion,  and  are  like  embankments  which 
prevent  the  overflow  of  water.  He  who  thinks  the  old  em^^ 
bankments  useless  and  destroys  them  is  sure  to  suffer  from 
the  desolation  caused  by  the  overflowing  water,-  and  he  who 
considers  the  old  rules  of  propriety  useless  and  would  abolish 
them,  would  be  sure  to  suffer  from  the  calamities  of  disorder. 
If  the  ceremonies  of  marriage  were  discontinued,  the  path  or 
husband  and  wife  would  be  embittered,  and  there  would  be 
many  instances  of  licentiousness  and  depravity.  If  the  drinking 
ceremonies  at  country  feasts  were  discontinued,  the  order  bet= 
ween  old  and  young  would  be  neglected,  and  quarrelsome  liti^ 
gations  would  be  frequent.  If  the  ceremonies  of  mourning  and 
sacrifice  were  omitted  the  kindly  feeling  of  officers  and  sons 


THE  "MEDI/EVAL"  TYPE.     DESIGNED    BY   PROF.  WALTER 
TIEMANN,   CAST    BY    QEBR.    KLINQSPOR,   OFFENBACH   A.M. 


147 


?^   1^^ .1  ?^.^:^ i^^is ^gtii:s;r^  ^ij^s-ij^  ^^ i ii 


^5  il-MH^^^-^*tl 


^ 
^ 


•^  k3  r^  s, 
•"^  -^i  ^  f^ 


:3: 


fC 
Ul 

u;  z 

o  < 

£x 

o 

z 

Ul 


2  o 

to  . 

Ill  oc 

,^  "^  k^    P"  "2                   Q  O 

S  Q. 

■  m 

Ul  o 

>-. 


§  ill  llllili life! l!itlil:^ll1!lli^l 


z 


UJ 


148 


II  J 

> 


if 


.53 


5^^ 


3  ^  v5 

J"     ^      CL 


^ 


•^    K    S^    3 


3  g^ 


0,    <i 


g 


r^ 


(3   -13 


2! 

<^ 

Qj 

•>> 

C< 

^ 

§ 

<i) 

^ 

^ 

CU 

g 

.§ 

<3 

^ 

^ 


•I 


O 

5 


^ 


^  §  "^  I 


o 
c 


o 


-!2 


•E5 
"^  I 

ftt    s  <v>   ?J 

I) 


i  ^  ^  ?^^ 

••<  --^   s    S   ^  "*^  "t:   o    ?;    n>        c; 


53" 


to 


P   a   o 

C  ^     CJ 


o 

..I. 


S'S      « 


8 


id 

z 
> 

UJ 


a:  ^ 
z  z 

"J  ^ 

■'■  U. 
>  - 
01    UJ 

Q  o: 

UJ  UJ 
z   "^ 

^  ui 

UI  a 
Q  uj 

I 
uj  o 

C    UJ 

< 
m 


"J  fe 
H  o 


149 


r 

i 
I 


i 


I 


Sine  preufiifSe 

^onigsfoSter 

^Qnkwurdigkeikn  der  ^arkgmfin 
Don  ^ayreuih 

{5Swefler  ^riedriSs  des  Qrofien 

^erausgcgeben  oon  Johannes  ^rmbrujler 

^ii  einem  ^ildnis  der  S^arkgrSfin 


J 


^ilhelm  BangewiefSe -Brandt 

Sbenhaufen  bet  ^iinSen 


I 

I 
I 

i 
I 


i 
I 

I 
i 


J 


THE   "WIEYNK-KURSIV   ■   TYPE.      DESIGNED   BY    HEINRICH   WIEYNK 
CAST   BY   THE    BAUER8CHE   0IE88EREI,    FRANKFURT   A.M. 

»5o 


VOLKSKUNST  UND  VOLKSGUNST 

UR  dcr  Kundige  weifi  cs,  dafi  die  schoncn  Erzcug* 
nisse  der  baucrlichcn  Handfcrtigkeit  so  zicmlich 
aufgekauft  sind.  Die  Landbewohncr  cntledigten 
sich  mit  Freuden  des  alten  Plunders,  um  dafur 
die  ihrcr  Meinung  nach  vornehmere  stadiische 
Fabrikware  in  buntestem  Durcheinander  anzuschaffen.  Der 
Sucht,  es  den  Stadtern  gleich  zu  tun,  konnie  auch  die  treueste 
Anhanglichkeit  an  sehr  wertvolle  alie  Erbstucke  nicht  wider- 
stehen.  So  erleben  wir  die  merkwurdigeTatsache,  bauerisdie 
Dielen  mit  all  den  schonen  Gegenstanden  in  einfachster 
Kunsllerschaft  in  stadtischen  Wohnraumen  wiederzufinden 
und  die  Hauser  der  Landbewohner  im  odesten  Gcschmack 
protjiger  Kleinstadter  ausgestattet  zu  sehen.  Alles  dreht  sich ! 
Der  Vorgang  ist  ein  natiirlicher.  Seit  dcr  Zeit,  da  es  auf 
dem  Lande  als  selbstverstandlich  gilt,  jcden  zur  Vcrfiigung 
stchenden  Wohnraum  fiir  klingendes  Geld  an  stadtische 
Sommergaste  zu  vermieten,  mufiten  die  alten  und  schonen 
ErzeugnissebaucrischcrKunslicraufGeschmacksmenschen 
der  Stadte  einen  sehr  grofien  EinfluH  ausiiben.  Daraus  ist 
die  Wechselwirkung  cntstanden.  Gewit?  ist  es  heute  noch 
moglich,  hier  und  dort  in  verlorenen  Winkeln  eine  schonc 
bemalte  Truhe,  einen  sdhweren  geschnitjten  Schrank,  sowie 
zinnerne  Becher,  Teller,  Leuchter,  ja  sogar  noch  Porzellan 
zu  entdecken,  abcr  wer  wirklich  Volkskunst  finden  will,  der 
wird  in  die  Museen  gehen  miissen,  die  gottlob  vor  den 
Spiiraugen  englischer  Sammler  noch  vielcs  gerettet  haben. 
Wir  konncn  ruhig  sagen,  dal^  der  kiinstlerische  Betatigungs- 
drang  im  Volkc  noch  nicht  verloren  gegangen  ist;  abcr  er 
ist  verwirrt,  verstummelt  und  verdorbcn.  Die  Geschmacks- 
vcrheerungen  derverflossenenStilrevolutionspuken  in  den 
Stadten  noch  herum,  es  ist  also  nur  ein  naturlicher Vorgang, 
wenn  wir  ihnen  jetjt  auch  auf  dem  Lande  iibcrall  begegnen. 
Die  beste  Ueberlieferung  kann  allmahlich  verloren  gehen. 
Setjte  sich  irgend  ein  grofistadtischer  Prot?  in  cinem  Dorfe 
fest,  so  gcniigtc  seine  Bau-  und  Lebenswcisc  vollkommen, 
um  die  ganze  Gegend  nach  und  nach  kiinstlerisdi  zu  veroden, 

32 


THE       8CHLANKE   KLEUKENS-ANTIQUA  "  TYPE.     DESIGNED  BY   PROF.  F.  W. 
KLEUKENS,  CAST  BY  THE   BAUERSCHE  QIESSEREI.   FRANKFURT  A.M. 


[giuf)}ai)t5=Rata\og] 


;® 


um 


i 


xn 


[znxn 


lllLU.nT.T 


^■■tfiftn 


^m  Deginn  der  Sru^|a^cs=Saifon  beef)re  id) 
mid)  ergebenft,  1J)nen  meinen  fiatalog  mit 
dec  Bitte  3U  uberce!d)en,denf  etben  einet  ge= 
fdUtgen  Durd)fid)t  3u  unter3!ef)en  und  bcl 
Bcforgung  der  Einhduf  e  geneigteft  bcrudi= 
fid)tigen  3U  tDoUen,  5^^^ncr  erlaube  !d)  mic, 
1f)nen  an3U3e!gen,daf5  fdmtnd)e  neuf)eiten 
in  deutfc^en  und  eng(!fd)en  Stoffen  fiir  die 
Stnt)jai)ts=  und  Sommer=Saifon  am  Caget 
find  und  gebe  id)  auf  den  nad)fo(genden 
Bldttern  einen  hteinen  iibecblidi  iibec  die 
ma|5gebendften  modeUe^  Die  Hnf ertigung 
feiner  Damen=  und  [^ecren=lTloden  erfolgt 
in  eigenet  maf5fd)neiderei  unter  ® arantie 
tadellofer  Busf  iiljcung  3U  mdfiigen  preifen. 
Hufterdem  geftatte  ic^  mir,  auf  mein  Cager 
fertigec  Damen=  und  l^^tren=0arderoben 
i)in3urDeifen,  das  reidjbaltige  Hn5wal)l  in 
modernen  Rleidungsftiidien  bietet  und  den 
pecrD6i)nteften  anforderungen  entfprid)t 
His  Spe3ia(itdt  fui)re  id)  ein  grofjes  Caget 
fdmtlid)er  Sport=Behleidungen  f lie  Rafen= 
und  IDaff  erfport  f  otDie  fur  louriftiK.  Durd) 
meine  jal)re(angen  £rfai)rungen  ift  es  mir 
moglid),  meinen  f^unden  mit  f  ad)gemdf5en 
Ratfd)ldgen  dienen  und  nur  Dor3ug(i<^es 
bieten  3U  honnen,  und  f)Offe  id),  mit  Ji)ren 
gefd)d^ten  Huftrdgen  bee!)rt  3U  u^erden- 


THE       8CHWABACHER  ■■   TYPE       DESIGNED   BY   HEINZ 
KONIQ.  CAST  BY  EMIL  QUR8CH,   BERLIN 


'52 


seines  Innern,  seiner  Seeie.  Wird  das  Ausstellungsmaterial,  von 
diesem  Standpunkt  vereinigt  geordnet  und  bewertet,  wird  dieser 
Gesiditspunkt  audi  dem  ganzen  Unternehmen  gegeniiber  von 
der  Leitung  zur  Geltung  gebradit,  dann  schildert  jede  verstand- 
nisvoll  ausgebaute  Abteilung  Natur  und  Seele  in  inniger  Ver- 
knijpfung  und  Wechselwirkung.  So  erhebt  sich  das  in  Leipzig 
geplante  Werk  nicht  allein  zum  Sammeipunkt  alles  dessen,  was 
bisher  erreicht  ist,  sondern  zur  ungeheueren  ideell  belebenden 
Kraft  f iir  den  einheitllchen  Vormarsch  unserer  Technik  und  Kultur ! 


DIE 

KINEMATOGRAPHIE  AUF  DER 

BUCHGEWERBEAUSSTELLUNG 

IN  LEIPZIG 


Geradezu  beispielios  ist  die  Entwicklung  der  Kine- 
matographie  gewesen.  Der  armselige  flimmernde 
Kinematograph  um  1900,  der  wie  eine  krankhafte 
Spielerei  von  kleinen  Unternehmern  den  kleinen 
Leuten  in  fragwiirdigen  Buden  und  schlediten  nie- 

drigen  Laden  vorgefUhrt  wurde,  ist  nicht  mehr.  DerTypus  jenes 
Kinematographen  von  ehedem,  der  brutal,  schreiend  bunt  wie 
seine  Plakate,  auf  die  verworrenen  Sinne  des  niederen  Volkes 
spekulierte,  liegt  in  den  lei5ten  Ziigen.  Der  Kinematograph  von 
heute  bannt  sein  Publikum,  das  nicht  mehr  zu  unterscheiden  ist 
von  dem  des  Sprech-Theaters,  in  groljen,  wundervollen  LichtspieU 
hausern  mit  der  Gebarde  und  dem  mimischen  Spiel  der  groljten 
Schauspieler,  errolltmit  unbesdireiblich  lebenswahremAusdruck 
die  Wogen  des  Meeres  iiber  den  Strand  und  laljt  das  Laub  der 
Siiberpappel  leise  im  Winde  zittern,  er  zeigt  mit  einer  Klarheit, 
die  etwas  Schreckiiches  hat,  den  Kampf  der  Biutkorper  mit  den 
Spirochaeten  des  Fiebers  und  Ial5t  alle  die  komplizierten  Ma- 
schinen,  die  der  Mensch  erfunden,  lautlos  vor  uns  ihre  Arbeit 
verriditen.  Das  Wesen  des  Kinematographen  ist  nicht  mehr  ohne 
Wijrde,  nicht  mehr  ohne  Form  und  Inhalt.  Wer  steht  nicht  alles 
im  Dienste  des  Filmbildes!  Zuerst  waren  es  die  BiihnenkiJnstler, 
auch  dieOro^en  kamen;  dann  dieMaler  undWissenschaftler  und 
zulel5t  —  ein  wenig  widerstrebend  zwar  —  die  Literaten.  Einmal 
haben  dem  Kinematographen  die  bedeutenden  Verbesserungen 
geholfen,  mit  der  die  Aufnahme-  und  dieWiedergabeapparate 
ausgestattet  wurden,  auch  dieVerwendung  des  Mikroskopes  und 


THE        HELQA-ANTIQUA  "   TYPE.      DESIGNED    BY   PROFESSOR 
F.    W.    KLEUKENS,   CAST    BY    D.   STEMPEL,    FRANKFURT     A.M. 


'53 


SdNErrro 

DI  ANTONIO  PUCCI  SOVRA  IL  RITRATTO 

DI  DANTE 


Questo  chc  oestc  di  color  sanguigno,  E  come  par  neH'abito  benigno, 

posto  seguente  allc  mcritc  santc,  cosi  nel  mondo  fu,  con  tutte  quanic 

dipinse  Giotto  in  figura  di  Dante,  quelle  oirtu,  ch'onoran  chi  daoantc 

che  di  parole  fe'  si  bell'ordigno.  le  porta  con  affetto  nello  scrigno. 

Diritto  paragon  fu  di  senten3e:  E '1  suo  parlar  fu  con  tanta  misura, 

col  braccio  manco  aooinchia  la  scrit-*     che  'ncorono  la  citta  di  Firen3e 
pcrdie signoreggio molto scien3e.  (tura     di  pregio,  onde  ancor  fama  le  dura. 

Perfctto  di  fatte33e  c  qui.  dipinto, 
com'a  sua  oita  fu  di  carne  cinto. 


THE       H0LZL-MED1>EVAL"  TYPE.     0E8I0NED  BY   EMIL 
HOLZU.  CAST  BY   D.  8TEMPEL.   FRANKFURT  A.M. 


'54 


J?SSSS 


WER  BUECHER  LIEST, 
VERDIENT  DEN  PREIS 
VOR  EINEM,  DER  UN- 
WISSEND  1ST,  UND  DER 
1ST  JENEM  VORZUZIE' 
HEN.  DER  DAS  GELESE- 
NE  NIGHT  VERGISST; 
EIN  SOLGHER  1ST  VON 
HOEHERM  WERT  DER 
DAS  GELESENE  AUGH 
VERSTEHT  DOGH  HOE- 
HEREN  WERT  ALS  DIE 
SER  HAT  DER  MANN, 
DER  DANAGH  FRISGH 
ANS  HANDELN  GEHT 


INDISCHER     SPRUCH 


sssnss 


THE  "  HOLZL-MEDI/EVAL"  TYPE.      DESIGNED   BY   EMIL 
HOLZL,  CAST  BY   D.  STEMPEL,    FRANKFURT  A.M. 


155 


ZIELE  UND 

AUSSICHTEN  DER 

GARTENSTADT'BEWEGUNG 

VON 

DR.  KARL  MANGOLD 

DRESDEN 

AS  Problem  des  Stadtebaues  ist  hcute,  im  Gegensafe  zu 
frliher,  wo  unsere  Stadte  klein  und  ihr  Wadistum  gering 
war,  bei  dem  ungeheueren  Wadistum  derselbcn  au&eror- 
dentlidi  dringlidi.  Die  sdiwersten  Mi&stiinde  liegen  vor: 
die  gro&eMasse  der  Bevblkerung  ist  von  der  Natur  in  einem 
Grade  abgeschlossen,  wie  er  in  der  deutschen  Geschidite 
iiberhaupt  nodi  nidit  dagewesen  ist;  die  ganze  Anlage  der  Stadte  ist 
nidit  entfernt  so  planvoll,  wie  sie  sein  miifete.  Die  Preise  des  5odens  sowie 
derWohnungen  sind  ungetieuerlidi  und  vor  allem  auch  der  aufeere  Anblid< 
von  einer  sdireckenerregenden  Ha&lictikeit.  Wotil  tiat  man  durdi  Bauord- 
nungen  und  Bebauungsplane,  durdi  Sdiaffung  offentlidier  Aniagen,  durdi 
Aniegen  von  Villenstadtteilen  und  Vororten  und  atinlidies  metir  Abtiilfe  zu 
sdiaffen  versudit,  aber  dodi  nur  mit  ganz  ungenligendem  Lrfolge. 
Es  drangt  sidi  der  Gedanke  auf  zu  versudien,  auf  einer  neuen  Grundlage, 
auf  billigem  Land  draufeen,  ganz  neue  Stadte  aufzubauen,  die  nidit  durdi 
die  Siinden  der  Vergangenheit  belastet  sind.  Vorstufen  zu  einem  soldien 
Vorgetien  sind  ja  otinedies  vorhanden  in  den  Griindungen  so  mandier  grofeen 
Terrain -Gesellschaften,  namentlicti  in  Berlin  und  Umgebung,  ferner  in  den 
gro&en  Arbeiter-Kolonien  der  Grofeindustrie,  wie  z.  B.  in  den  bekannten 
Aniagen  der  Firma  Krupp,  und  endlich  aucti  in  einigen  ganz  besonders  her- 
vorragenden  und  umfangreictien  Baugenossensdiafis- Griindungen.  tiier 
reitit  sidi  nun  zwanglos  der  Gedanke  der  Gartenstadt  ein,  der  aus  England 
zu  uns  gekommen  isl.  DortveroffentliditeEnde  1898Ebenezer  tloward,  von 
Beruf  Stcnograpti  und  jefet  am  Ende  der  Tiintziger  Jatire  stehend,  ein  Buch 
To  morrow'  (spater  unter  dem  Titel  'Garden  Cities  of  to  morrow',  deutsdi 
unter  demTitel  'Gartenstiidte  in  Sidit',  Jena,  Diederictis),  das  groBesAufsehen 
erregte.  Es  geht  aus  von  dem  Grundgedanken,  da&  auf  der  einen  Seite  die 
gro&en  Stiidtc  iiberfiillt,  auf  der  anderen  das  I  and  entvolkert  sei  und  da&  es 
daraufankomme,StadtundLandmiteinander  zu  vermiihlen  durdi  Sdiaffung 
von  Gartenstiidten,  weldie  die  Vorteile  des  l.andes  mit  denen  der  Stadt  ver- 
einigen.  Line  solche  Gartenstadt  soil  nur  eine  begrenzte  GroBe  tiaben,  etwa 
30000  Einwotiner,  dann  soil  ein  dauernd  zu  ertialtender,  grofeer  landwirt- 


THE   ■■  INQEBOHQ   ANTIQUA  "   TYPE       DESIGNED    BY    PROFE880R 
F.     W      KLEUKENS.      CAST     BY     D      STEMPEL,    FRANKFURT     A.M. 


^S(> 


O 

I 
UJ 


w 

Zi 

terat 

^  '^ 

^«— »    ^ 

^ 

Q 

© 

CO 

o  2 

?  a: 

>-  Q 

CD  UJ 

Q  Q 
UJ 

z 

o  o 

CO  D 

UJ  Ul 

Q  ^ 


UJ 


H  a. 


2  ^tigHf M 


157 


ORNAMENTS  DESIGNED  BY   PROF.    F.   W.   KLEUKEN8,    FOR  THE    BAUERSCHE  QIESSEREI,  FRANKFURT  A.M. 


r=» 


ORNAMENTS   DESIGNED  BY   PROF.   WALTER  TIEMANN.   FOR  QEBR.   KLINQ8POR,   OFFENBACH   AM. 


•58 


*>)>)>>)mc<<«' 


INITIAL  LETTERS  AND  ORNAMENJS  DESIGNED  BY  PROF.  F.  W.  KLEUKENS.  FOR  D.  STEMPEL,   FRANKFURT  A.M. 


159 


HEAD-PIBCES     BY   EMIL    PREETORIUS   FOR     DAUDET'S       TARTARIN     DE 
TARASCON  ■•      PUBLISHED  BY  DERQELBE  VERLAQ,  MUNCHEN-DACHAU 

I  60 


BOOKBINDING  IN  GREEN  MOROCCO,  WITH  GOLD  AND  BLACK  TOOLING 
DESIGNED  BY  P.  A.  DEMETER,  EXECUTED  BY  HUBEL  AND  DENCK 


BOOKBINDING  IN  LEMON  YELLOW  MOROCCO,  WITH  GREEN  INLAY  AND  GOLD  TOOLING 
DESIGNED  BY  P.  A.  DEMETER,  EXECUTED  BY  HUBEL  AND  DENCK 


i6i 


Q 

Ul 

Z  _ 

O  "^ 

-  UJ 

CO  _1 

LJ  I 

Q  o 
m 


Q 

?    D 
-"    O 

CD    \ii 


O 

Z 

Q 

Z 

CQ 

O 
O 
m 


u 

h 
u 

2 

UJ 
Q 


> 

m 

Q 

HI 

z 
o 

05 

u 
o 

6 

z 

IJ 
o 
o 

1- 


I 


O 


z 


C3 

z 

Q 

Z 

m 
>.; 
O 

o 

m 


162 


f 


o  o 

z  cc 

o  ?9 

O  uj 

H  d: 

li- 

Q  . 

-J  > 

O  CC 

O  UJ 

Q 

Q  Z 

z  - 

<  m 


CO 

a: 

UJ 

a 
tc 
ui 

I 

> 

CQ 


O  Q 
o  "J 


cr 

UJ 

I- 

C/5 
O 

_l 

ir 
< 


z 

D 

z 


o 

CT 

^ 

cd 

_l 

D 

o 

m 

o 

UJ 
CC 

n 

u. 

1 

o 

> 

CC 
UJ 

Q 

Q 

z 

z 

< 

CO 

> 

m 

< 

_J 

CE 

7 

UJ 

o 

I 

cr 

UJ 

T 

S 

V 

CO 

f) 

CI 

Q 

C1 

UJ 

O 

K 

rr 

_> 

O 

o 

5 

UI 
X 

III 

z 

UJ 

rr 

UJ 

III 

CC 

h 

O 

cn 

< 

UI 

:0 

en 

-I 

rr 

z 

<■ 

^ 

C3 

> 

z 

CO 

Q 

n 

Z 

UJ 

m 

z 

^ 

o 

o 

C« 

o 

UI 

CQ 

Q 

163 


O  O  O   CLO  OJ» 


2f^^^ii^^-^L^ 


BOOKBINDING  IN  ORANGE  YELLOW  MOROCCO,  WITH  INLAY 
AND  BLIND  TOOLING.   BY  PAUL  KERSTEN 


BOOKBINDING  IN  NEAT'S  LEATHER.  WITH  PUNCHED 
AND  TANNED  ORNAMENTATION.   BY  PAUL  KERSTEN 


BOOKBINDING  IN  RED  MOROCCO.  WITH  INLAY  AND  GOLD 
TOOLING.  BY  PAUL  KERSTEN 


164 


BOOKBINDING   IN   BLUE   MOROCCO.  WITH    INLAY  AND 
GOLD  TOOLING.     BV   PAUL  KERSTEN 


BOOKBINDING    IN    BUFF   MOROCCO,   WITH    INLAY 
AND   GOLD  TOOLING.      BY   PAUL   KERSTEN 


BOOKBINDING    IN    BLUE    MOROCCO,  WITH    INLAY 
AND   GOLD  TOOLING.      BY   PAUL   KERSTEN 


BOOKBINDING    IN    RED   CALF,   WITH    INLAY   AND   GOLD 
TOOLING.      BY   PAUL  KERSTEN 


BOOKBINDING    IN    PIGSKIN,   WITH    TOOLING. 
BY  PAUL   KERSTEN 


165 


1 


>- 
ca 

o 

UJ 

z 

CD 


O 

z 
111 
en   Q 


O     UJ 


O 


I 
h 


5   a: 


--  05 
?     O 

o 

O  3 
2     I 

is 

CO  q: 
>£  a. 
O 

o 


.  <>  0fj'^^_ 


■■S^ 

..-"" 


-^- -""-'•'---., 


yX' 


CQ 

Q 
UJ 

Z 

o 

UJ 
Q 

6 

z 
Ij 
O  . 
O 


O   D 
O    UJ 


C3 
< 

IT 
Q. 

IT 
UJ 

z 

UJ 

H 
CO 

O 

CD 

I 


1 66 


> 

■^ 

CQ 

0 

O 
UJ 

2 

Z 

u 
Q 

O 

a 

y) 

^ 

lij 

< 

n 

_i 

u 

o 

CQ 

z 

0 

_i 

I 

o 

>■ 

() 

m 

h 

Q 

-I 
O 

o 

Q 
u 

h 

D 
0 

T 

UJ 

h 

X 

III 

? 

CT 

cn 

<• 

HI 

ir 

T 

D. 

h 

cc 

iil 

liJ 

_i 

2 

■7 

LU 

h 

rn 

« 

z 

0 

5 

0 

I 

CQ 

^ 

Ll- 

0 

0 

C) 

(T 

CD 

a. 

n 

Z 

111 

UJ 

z 

u 

0 

Q 

CO 

z 

LU 

< 

n 

_l 

UJ 

0 

CD 

z 

;3 

_i 

I 

0 

0 

CQ 

n 

Q 

1 

UJ 

0 

1- 

(T 

-) 

0 

X 

LU 

h- 

X 

5 

UJ 

(T 

q: 

<r 

Id 

cr 

T 

a. 

< 

III 

cc 

UJ 

_l 

z 

Z 

UJ 

H 

rn 

0 

z 

0 

n 

0 

7- 

_> 

1 

m 

ii 

II 

0 

0 

0 

cr 

CQ 

0. 

167 


BOOKBINDING    IN    LEATHER,    WITH    SILVER   CLASPS.      DESIGNED    BY   PROF. 
JOH.   VINCENZ   CISSARZ,    EXECUTED    BY    KARL   STRENGER 


I 


(TinlBlnferibijIifi^' 


If 


.JL. 


BOOKBINDINGS   IN    LEATHER,   WITH   GOLD   TOOLING       DESIGNED   BY    PROF.  JOH. 
VINCENZ  CISSARZ,   EXECUTED   BY  QUSTAV   FROLICH 


BINDING   CASE.      DESIGNED   BY 
PROF.   JOH.   VINCENZ   CISSARZ 


1 68 


■■.'•r\ 


BINDING-CASE.      DESIGNED   BY   KARL   KOSTER 


VELLUM    BINDING.      DESIGNED   BY  KARL  KOSTER 


VELLUM    BINDING.   WITH    BATIK   ORNAMENTATION 
DESIGNED    BY    KARL   KOSTER 


BOOKBINDING    IN    LEATHER,   WITH    GOLD  TOOLING 
DESIGNED    BY   KARL   KOSTER 


169 


BOOKBINDING    IN    WHITE    PIGSKIN.   WITH    INLAY    AND   GOLD  TOOLING 
BY    FRANZ   WEISSE 


HAfSEN  t' 


STM?!  i- 


zissna'? 


\  •^- y  V  ^*  J 


cxk.^-*  ^* 


>^ 


■\. 


t^   \^.t    ^e); 


BOOKBINDING   IN    NATURAL  COLOURED   PIGSKIN,   WITH 
BLIND  TOOLING.      BV    FRANZ   WEISSE 


PARCHMENT  BINDING,   WITH    BATIK   ORNAMENTATION 
BY    FRANZ    WEISSE 


170 


I 


I 
o 
o 


o 
a 


Q 

UJ 

z 
o 

05 

u 
a 


IT 
UJ 


Q 

Z 


< 

I 


«Hai>iaam.i  +  7; 


o 
o 


o 

Q 

> 

a 
111 

z 
o 
(/) 

UJ 
Q 


z 

Q 

Z 


UJ 

> 


171 


<:>  I.  <>  }!,/^  I  ^  ) 


!( ^y^)i(^T^ 


Q 

z 

O 
CO 

u 
o 


I 
I- 

O 


Q    M 

<  < 

o 
z  z 

CO    > 

<  O 

cj  ■= 

O    U.' 
Z    O 

5£ 

z 
-  > 


172 


05 


ED 


I  > 

I-    DO 


uj   Q 

CO 
CO    tJ 

< 

CQ 


(T 

z 
z 
u 
a: 

_i 
D 
< 
a. 

> 

CQ 
O 

UJ 


05 
UJ 
Q 


UJ 
05 
< 
O 

6 

z 


'fSJSl 


EiMixmmmmmmisM' 


05 

UJ 

05 

<  (E 

O  UJ 

P 

±  UJ 

Q  q: 

z  , 


m 


>- 

CO 


o: 
111 

I 
h 

<    Q 
UJ    UJ 

->  z 

u.    C3 


O 
< 

ffi 


173 


mem 
3am 


Emariupl 
von  Spidl. 


600 

MONoeefltiiiE 

UNO 

SKiNETS 


*'MAi.:•^^y 


DRRrisrnDr 

VERinGARNSncmiEXnNDERlIXH 


DESIGNED   BY    PROF,   EMANUEL   VON   SEIDL 


DESIGNED    BY       L' 


If  B"*"*'; " 


I 


»»■■■■■——■ 


n 

Ml 


I       SCHMUCK 

I      UNO  EDELMETALL- 
B 


■ 
I 

■ 

■ 

3 


ARBEITEN 
^ — X 


[  I 


•■■>■•>■ 


MADGAnETI-IE     KDUPP  - /TIFTUNG 
FOB  NX^OHNUNG/FUQrtDQGE 

nADfiADEThENMOhE 

BEI 

E//EN 

BaBAUT  \ADN  CGOFB/ZOa 

GEOQG  METZENDODF 


L 


I  I  Us/pa af;/Ah^/TAiT  ai  FVAKinpT^(<ipg^rv\nfjflad 


DESIGNED   BY    FRITZ    SCHOLL 


DESIGNED    BY    EMANUEL  JOSEPH    MARGOLD 


BINDING-CASES   DESIGNED   FOR 
ALEXANDER    KOCH,   DARMSTADT 


174 


03 

a 
o 

H 
ul 
ui 

(C 
Dl 


2 

HI 


O 

Ui 


03 
U 
O 


HI 

> 

O 

o 

a: 
m 
a. 
< 

a. 


175 


N 

ir 
D 

6 

z 
< 


< 

CL 


o 

cc 
a. 


a 

UJ 

z 
o 

CO 
LU 

a 

tr 

UJ 

a. 
< 

Q 

Z 


N 

CC 

:^ 

(3 
2 
< 


< 

CL 

uJ 
O 

a: 

Q. 


Q 
UJ 

z 
o 

UJ 
Q 

UJ 


O 

z 

UJ 


176 


FRANCE 


THE  ART  OF  THE  BOOK  IN  FRANCE. 
BY  E.  A.  TAYLOR 

INGERING  in   thought   over   the    far-away   days   of  the 
glorious  bibliographic   and   typographical  past  that  France 
has  enjoyed,  one  finds  little  has    happened,   amidst  all  the 
changes  which  have  swept  over  those  arts  in   recent   years, 
to  disturb  the  employment  of  her  bibliopegic  artists.   There 
are  few  of  her  remaining  old  streets  through  which  one  passes  with- 
out being  attracted  in  one  way  or  another  to  the  sign  of  the  relieur- 
doreur.    To  give  a  remarkable  instance  of  this  unique  position  one 
has  only  to  recall  the  sale  of  the  collection  of  the  Vicomte  de  la 
Croix-Laval  in  1902,  in  which  the  books  were  not  catalogued  in  the 
names  of  the  author  but  in  that  of  the  bookbinder.   But  this  is  not  sur- 
prising when  we  consider  the  excellent  craftsmanship  of  such  men  as 
G.  Canape,  Chambolle-Duru,  S.  David, Charles  Lanoe,  Marius  Michel, 
G.  Mercier,  Rene  KiefFer,  and  the  fascinating  execution  of  the  designs 
on  vellum  by  Andre  Mare.  Yet  it  is  not  uncommon  to  hear  the  travel- 
lers' comment  that  books  with  an  attractive  outside  appearance  are  non- 
existent in  Paris.   Unlike    England,  France  expends  little  additional 
labour  on  the  lasting,  apart  from  the  certain  attractive  qualities  of  cloth 
or  paper-covered  board  casings,  while  modern  end-papers,  as  known  in 
other  countries,  have  so  far  found  little  consideration.   Much  energy  is 
focussed  on  the  edition  de  luxe,  embodying  the  work  of  popular  artists, 
good  paper  and  type,  the  result  being  a  limited  number  of  paper-covered 
volumes,  all  excellently  produced,  but  very  often  disappointing  in  their 
page  arrangement  and  design  and  the  suitability  of  text  to  type  and 
type  to  illustration.  Jff  But  this  leads  me  into  an  explanatory  discussion 
on  the  old  printer's  independence  of  other  craftsmen  whose  art  is  now 
divided  into  separate  and  recognised  trades.  And  it  is  remarkable  that  it 
should  be  so  to  such  a  great  extent,  for  fewer  places  other  than  Paris  are 
so  sympathetically  enjoined  to  their  artists.   It  may  be  the  fault  of  the 
artist  who  is  more  enwrapped  in  his  craft  than  the  art  evolved  in  its 
ultimate  end.  Jff  Within  the  last  few  years,  however,  printing  has  vastly 
improved,  and  this  has  been  due  in  no  small  measure  to  the  efforts  of 
MM.  G.  Peignot  and  Sons.  As  early  as  1900  the  Peignot  type  foundry 
introduced  a  new  typography  with  frankly  modern  tendencies,  the  best 
testimony  of  their  efforts  at  that  time  being  the  productions  of"  Grasset," 
following  with  the  "  Auriol,"  and  later  on  the  Bellery-Desfontaines 
types  and  ornaments.   At  the  same  time,  not  desiring  to  lose  touch  with 
that  which  in  typography  of  the  past  is  most  intrinsically  valuable  for 
to-day,  a  little  booklet  issued  lately,  entitled  *'  Les  Cochins,"  by  the  two 
brothers  Peignot,  clearly  demonstrates  the  results  of  their  attainment. 
This  booklet,  apart  from  being  a  catalogue  of  their  research,  has  behind 

179 


it  the  primary  desire  that  editors  and  printers  should  try  to  realise  the 
significance  of  a  typographical  revival  in  France,  and  the  influence  it 
would  have  on  all  branches  of  the  graphic  arts.  M  Despite  the  remark- 
able progress  that  processwork  has  made, apart  from  the  most  ingenious 
inventions  and  machinery  being  of  French  origin,  wood-engravers  and 
wood-engraving,  as  employed  for  illustrative  purposes,  maintain  a  pro- 
minent and  more  unique  position  in  France  than  in  any  other  European 
country.  Amongst  the  most  recent  productions  of  note  "  Daphnis  et 
Chloe"(p.  i9o),printedand  published  by  M.L.  Pichon,is  uncommonly 
good,  in  fact  all  that  issues  from  M.  Pichon's  little  establishment  is 
unusually  refined.  Then  there  are  others,  but  space  will  not  permit 
me  to  dwell  on  each  one's  excellent  qualities.  However,  I  must  not 
neglect  to  mention  the  remarkable  edition  of"  Le  Grand  Testament  de 
Fran9ois  Villon,"  which  I  have  seen  in  preparation  by  M.  A.  M. 
Peignot,  with  illustrations  and  especially  designed  type  by  Bernard 
Naudin  ;  also  some  thoughtful  little  volumes  in  theseries  "LesMaitres 
du  Livre,"  published  by  MM.  Georges  Cres  et  Cie  under  the  direction 
ot  M.  Ad.  van  Bever ;  and  if  it  were  not  for  the  thoughtful,  untiring 
efforts  of  such  editors  as  M.  Lucien  Vogel,  of  the  "  Gazette  du  Bon 
Ton,"  and  publishers  of  editions  d'art  as  MM.  A.  Blaizot,  L.  Carteret, 
H.  Floury, F.  Ferroud,  Jules  Meynial,  R.  Helleu,  Rene  Kieffer,  E.  Rey, 
Octave  Charpentier,  E.  Levy,  and  H.  Piazza,  the  bibliophiles  of  Paris 
would  have  a  poor  output  from  which  to  select.  From  amongst  others 
the  notable  and  varied  publications  of  the  libraries  Ollendorff,  Larousse, 
Hachette  et  Cie,  A.  Fayard  et  Cie,  Caiman  Levy,  Plon-Nourrit  et  Cie, 
Adrian  Sporck,  L.  Michaud,  E.  Flammarion  and  A.  Vaillant  should  be 
noted.  Finally  I  must  not  forget  to  mention  the  powerful  influence  of  the 
"  Societe  des  Amis  des  Livres,"  "  Les  Cent  Bibliophiles,"  the  "  Societe 
Normande  du  Livre  illustre," and  the  " Societe  du  Livre  d' Art  Contem- 
porain"  ;  and  without  a  prolonged  description  of  each  Societe  it  must 
suffice  to  mention  the  prosperity  the  "  Societe  des  Amis  des  Livres  " 
enjoys  under  the  presidency  of  M.  Henri  Beraldi,  the  originator  of  the 
"  Societe  des  Bibliophiles  de  Paris  "and  a  publisher  of  note.  Amongst  his 
first  efforts"  Paysages  Parisiens,"  by  Emile  Goudeau,  and  G.  Montor- 
gueil's  "  Paris  au  Hasard,"  both  illustrated  by  Auguste  Lepere,  are  the 
most  distinguished,  and  to  him  my  thanks  are  due  for  his  kindly  interest 
in  my  bibliographical  quest,  and  to  the  President  of  "  Les  Cent  Biblio- 
philes," M.  Eugene  Rodrigues,  for  his  generosity  in  placing  at  my  dis- 
posal pages  and  illustrations  from  his  admirable  collection.  JS"  After  all,  it 
is  to  men  like  these,  and  to  the  organizations  to  which  they  belong,  that 
France  owes  the  prominent  bibliographical  position  she  holds,  and  the 
freedom  her  excellent  artists  and  craftsmen  enjoy  in  retaining  for  us  in 
fitting  garb  the  minds  of  the  great,  be  they  echoes  of  the  past  or  turbu- 
lent cries  in  the  dark,  the  songs  of  the  open  and  sunlight,  the  sonnets  of 
autumn  and  shade,  or  the  love  in  the  laughter  of  children. 
i8o 


Viliiers    de  I' visle- Acj^la1 

orne    de  i^  tois   originaiUK 
en  2  couleors  de  RcViberr 


seoRses  cr€s.^c- 

116.  B^S"SeRci7Ain 

T?iris 
19.3 


TITLE-PAGE   DESIGNED   BY  P.  E.  VIBERT,   FOR   MM.   GEORGES  CRE8   ET  CIE 

181 


LE  DERNIER  LIVRE  D'EDOUARD  PELLETAN. 

Void  done  le  point  final  mis  a  la  page  et  void  le  dernier  feuillet 
tourne'!  Nul  livre  de'sormais  ne  portera  cette  firme  repute'e,  ornee  de 
la  devise  empruntee  a  Thucydide  :  kthma  es  aei.  De  meme  qu'il 
n'y  a  plus  d'e'diteur,  il  n'y  aura  plus  d'editions  Pelletan. 

Avec  quel  amour,  avec  quels  soins,  pourtant,  le  maitre  a  travaille 
a  ce  dernier  fils  de  son  genie!  Get  ouvrage,  tout  en  gravures  origi- 
nales,  etait  avec  La  Kotisserie,  toute  en  gravures  de  reprodu(5lion,  les 
deux  livres  qu'il  affecSlionnait  le  plus.  Dans  La  Kotmerie  deJa  Rem 
Pedauque,  il  avait  e'crit,  en  quelque  sorte,  le  testament  de  la  gravure 
sur  bois  d'interpretation ,  et,  par  I'illustration  et  I'habillage  du  texte, 
pose  le  sceau  sur  les  ouvrages  de  cet  ordre.  La  Kotmerie  teste  le  livre 
du  xix*^  siecle,  Hesiode  et  La  Terre  Q^  V Homme  appartiennent  au  xx^. 
Plus  d'illustrations  proprement  dites,  mais  une  suite  de  libres  compo- 
sitions, parentes  du  texte  par  leur  sentiment  general,  —  et  une  page 
renouvele'e,  qu'e'gaient  des  bandeaux  de  couleurs,  qu'une  extraordi- 
naire abondance  de  sujets  decore.  Le  grec  de'Garamond  qui,  depuis 
plus  de  quarante  ans,  dormait  dans  les  casses  de  I'lmprimerie  natio- 
nale,  apporte  la  sedu6lion  de  son  ecriture  fleurie;  en  regard,  les  pages 
de  la  tradu6^ion,  en  cara6teres  romains  de  meme  origine,'se  disposent 
avec  noblesse.  Et,  quand  on  arrive  a  la  partie  moderne,  raspe6l 
change.  Le  texte  de  M.  Anatole  France  s*y  deroule  comme  un  fleuve 
entre  les  cent  ilots  des  gravures.  Puis,  ^a  et  la,  aux  endroits  choisis, 
de  grandes  compositions  en  pleine  page.  Partout,  un  ordre  evident  et 
une  richesse  non  moins  evidente.  Chaque  livre  de  Pelletan  est  pareil 
a  la  salle  d'un  musee  bien  dispose;  la  salle  <X Hesiode  et  de  La  Terre  Q^ 
r Homme  est  une  des  plus  somptueuses  et  des  plus  etranges.  Son  grec. 


PAGE  PRINTED  IN  "GARAMOND"  TYPE  (ENGRAVED 
FOR  FRANCOIS  I ).  WITH  WOODCUT  BY  PAULEMILE 
COLIN,    LENT   BY    MONS.   R.    HELLEU 


183 


LE  TRANSFORmsrrr: 


|ES  origines  de  la  terre  a  I'apparition  dc  rhommc,  le 
dcVeloppcment  dcs  formes  est  pareil  a  celui  de  I'arbre. 
Les  organismes  definis  sent  les  feuilles  cparpillees,  les  fruits 
naissants  et  les  fruits  murs,  les  fruits  tombes,  les  fleurs 
ouVertes.  Plus  has  les  ramcauK  indistincts,  les  branches 
frustes,  le  tronc  massif,  les  racines  perdues  qui  lient  la 
forme  cpanouie  a  la  substance  originellc.  Ainsi,  les  formes 
de  la  Vie  qui  cherchent  I'equilibre  a  la  clarte  de  la  conscience, 
tendent  a  se  differencier  de  la  forme  dc  I'uniVers,  La  terre 
est  nue  a  I'origine,  et  parait  nue  encore  a  I'heure  ou  la  Vie 
essentielle  s'clabore  au  fond  de  la  mer.  Puis,  les  forces  inte- 
rieures  se  rcVelent  a  sa  surface  en  VcgctauK  gras  et  confus, 
en  betes  chaotiques  ou  le  sol  attache  le  poids  des  alluvions 
primitives  ;  puis  ce  sont  de  hautes  forcts  qui  repandent  dans 
le  ciel  libre  leurs  bras  charges  de  feuilles  Vertes,  ce  sont 
d'harmonieuK  animauK;  I'homme  apparait,  s'effor9ant  d'or- 
donncr  son  ctre,  de  marier  son  rythme  intcrieur  au  r^thme 
entier  de  la  nature  ;  enfin  I'esprit  Veut  s'affranchir,  doniiner 
les  lois  de  la  Vie  :  les  lois  de  la  Vie  le  suppriment.  Or,  I'in- 
tcUigence  des  hommes  prend  contact  aVec  la  nature  en  sui- 
Vant  les  memes  chemins.  Dc  son  eVeil  a  son  cclosion,  a  ses 
eclipses  periodiques,  elle  rcpcte  mot  a  mot  I'histoire  des 
ages  confus  qui  I'ont  precede  sur  la  terre.  L'artiste  primitif 
laisse  engagces  dans  la  forme  du  monde  les  architectures 
transitoires,  hommes,  betes  et  plantes,  ou  la  substance  de 
la  Vie  fleurit  pour  un  moment.  Dans  leurs  manifestations 
brutes,  tous  les  archaismes  se  touchent,  I'esprit  humain  n'a 
qu'un  berceau.  La  forme  des  statues  antiques  est  cmpri- 
sonnee  dans  la  pierre,  comme  ces  monstres  indistincts  que 
le  sol  ne  Veut  pas  quitter  et  dont  il  empate  toujours  les 
articulations  cpaisses.  En  elles,  pesamment,  circule  une  Vie 
torpidc  et  muette,  une  chaleur  qui  n'est  pas  flamme  encore  : 
dans  sa  matrice  de  granit,  le  germe  de  I'esprit  tressaille. 


PAGE   PRINTED  IN   ROMAN   FACE  TYPE   DESIGNED    BY  GEORGE 
AURIOL,  CAST  BY  O.   PEIGNOT  ET  FIL8,   PARIS 


184 


GIROUETTES 


ES  homma  saga  compannl  ^lolon- 
liers  lairs  conkmporains  a  cks 
giromtks  que  k  moindn  ^Icnl  fait 
-Oinr.  Moi  qui  suis  Vami  cks  giroudks,  je 
paise  qu'on  a  peui-etn  tort  de  les  juger 
si  kghavcnt  1  Lorsque  dam  I'apoir, 
"%  sou^mt  de^'u,  de  -Ooir  le  del  s'a'laircir,  je 
l!)  INe  les  ^eux  ^)ers  le  petit  peuple  girouet- 
'^  tique,  Je  ^^ois  le  labour eur  se  diriger  exac- 
tement  Hers  Vendroit  que  -^ise  le  doasseur, 
et  le  bateau  Hoguer  dans  la  meme  direction, 
et  le  leS)rier  courir  au  meme  but,  et  la  sirene 
indiquer  clu  cloigt  le  meme  point  m^stdieuX. 
]IS  11  ^  a  clone  entente  absolue  entre  toutes 
les  girouettes.  1  Jlimer  le  cbangement  ne 
me  par  ait  pas  si  clde stable  que  ^a,.„  JJ im- 
portant c'est  que  tout  le  moncle  soil  cV accord. 

George  Auriol 


ei, 


PAGE   PRINTED  IN   ITALIC  FACE  TYPE    DESIGNED    BY  GEORGE 
AURIOL,  CAST  BY    G.  PEIQNOT  ET  FIL8,  PARIS 


185 


E  ne  saurais  approiiver  cette  lacne 
espece  o  noniines  qui  mesiirent  la 
aiiree  oe  leur  altection  a  celle  oe  la 
teJicite  oe  leiirs  amis;  et  pour  moi, 
Dien  loin  o  etre  o  line  minieur  si 
basse,  je  me  pique  o  aimer  jusques 
en  la  prison  et  dans  le  sepulcre.  J  en  ai  rendu  des 
temoignages  publics  durant  la  plus  cnaude  perse- 
cution de  ce  grand  et  divin  J.  neopnile,  et  j  ai  tait 
voir  que,  parnu  1  mtidelite  du  siecle  ou  nous  sommes, 
il  se  trouve  encore  des  amities  assez  genereuses  pour 
mepriser  tout  ce  que  les  autres  craignent;  mais, 
puisque  sa  mort  m  a  ravi  le  moyen  de  le  servir,  je 
veux  donner  a  sa  memoire  les  soins  que  j  avais  des- 
tines a  sa  personne,  et  taire  voir  a  la  posterite  que, 
pourvu  que  1  ignorance  des  imprimeurs  ne  mette 
point  de  taute  a  des  ouvrages  qui  d  eux-memes  n  en 
ont  pas  une,  elle  ne  saurait  rien  avoir  qui  puisse  ega- 
ler  ce  qu  ils  valent.  ...C^uiconque  acnetera  ce  digne 
livre,  sans  doute  sera  contraint  d  avouer  que  c  est  la 
premiere  tois  qu  il  a  bien  lu  jLneopnile.  Ue  sorte  que 
je  ne  tais  pas  ditticulte  de  publier  nautement  que 
tons  les  morts  ni  tons  les  vivants  n  ont  rien  qui  puisse 
approcner  aes  torces  de  ce  vigoureux  genie;  et  si, 
parmi  les  derniers,  il  se  rencontre  quelque  extrava- 
gant  qiu  juge  que  j  ollense  sa  gloire  imaginaire,  pour 
liu  montrer  que  je  le  crams  autant  comme  je  1  estime, 
je  veux  qu  il  sacne  que  je  m  appelle      JL/E  oCUD£RY. 


M7 


PAGE  PRINTED    IN   "NICOLAS   COCHIN"   TYPE,   ADAPTED 
AND   CAST   BY   0     PEIGNOT   ET   FIL8.    PARIS 

I  86 


Ze  Grasset. 

jiitg.  L'epoque  contemporaine  semble,  par  ses  recherches,  vouloir  trou- 
vcr  unc  nouvelle  expression  du  vrai  et  du  beau.  Cependant,  il  est 
certaines  personnes  chez  lesquelles  le  besoin  d'un  Art  nouveau  ne  se 
fait  pas  sentir  d'une  fa^on  bien  intense.  «  Nos  aines,  disent-ils,  nous 
ont  laisse  de  tels  monuments  d  art  que  nous  ne  pouvons  esperer  les 
surpasser.  Pourquoi  ne  pas  nous  en  tenir  aux  interpretations  de  ces 

^^r  A  cette  objection,  notrereponse  semblera  moins  temeraire  en  nous 
aidant  des  declarations  qu'a  faites  le  grand  critique  Taine,  avec  son 
autorite  indubitable,  dans  sa  Vhilosophie  de  I 'Art.  «  L'oeuvre  d'art, 
dit-il,  est  determinee  par  un  ensemble  qui  est  I'etat  general  de  I'esprit 
et  des  mceurs  environnantes.  »  Plus  loin  il  la  definit  ainsi :  «  11  y  a  une 
direction  regnante  qui  est  celle  du  siecle ;  les  talents  qui  voudraient 
pousser  dans  un  autre  sens  trouvent  Tissue  fermee;  la  pression  de 
I'esprit  public  les  comprime  ou  les  devie  en  leur  imposant  une  florai- 
son  determinee.  »  Et  encore  :  «  L'oeuvre  de  I'artiste  a  laquelle  auront 
contribue  secretement  des  millions  de  collaborateurs  inconnus  sera 
d'autant  plus  belle  qu'outre  son  travail  et  son  genie  elle  contiendra  le 
genie  et  le  travail  du  peuple  qui  I'entoure  et  des  generations  qui 

AissoNS  done  aux  Elzevir,  aux  Fournier  le  Jeune  et  aux  Didot 
,^^  la  gloire  d'avoir  si  merveilleusement  resume  I'art  typogra- 
■^^  phique  des  xvi*,  xviu^  etxix^  siecles,  et  que  notre  ceuvre  a 
nous  soit  comme  une  resultante  de  la  periode  contemporaine.  Ce  qui 
a  toujours  ete  le  caractere  dominant  de  Tart  fran^ais,  c'est  ce  souci  de 
la  clarte,  de  la  precision,  qui  fait  que  dans  ses  di verses  manifestations 
I'imagination  n'a  jamais  empiete  sur  le  domaine  de  la  raison.  Or,  en 
observant  le  type  dessine  par  Eugene  Grasset,  ne  retrouvons-nous 
pas  I'indice  de  toutes  ces  qualites  ?  Tout  d'abord,  il  est  simple,  c'est-a- 
dire  qu'il  n'y  arien  qui  soit  superflu,  rien  qui  ne  vise  pas  uniquement 
a  donner  a  chaque  lettre  ses  caracteres  distinctifs.  C'est  pour  ainsi 
dire  la  synthese  de  la  lettre  indiquee  au  pinceau,  sans  deviations, 
sans  inutilites,  mais  d'un  trait  sur  et  ferme  qui  ne  laisse  rien  au  hasard. 


TYPE   AND   ORNAMENTS   DESIGNED   BY   GRASSET 
CAST  BY  Q.  PEIGNOT  ET  FILS,  PARIS 


187 


i 


C'etaii,  iL  men  souvienf,  par  une  nuit  d'auiomne, 

Triste  et  froide,  a  peu  pres  semblable  ^  celle-ci ; 

Le  murmure  du  vent,  de  son  bruit  monotone, 

Dans  mon  cerveav  lassS  bergait  mon  noir  souci. 

J  eiais  ^  la  fenetre,  attendant  ma  mattresse ; 

Ei,  tout  en  ecoutant  dans  ceite  obscurite, 

Je  me  sentais  dans  L'ame  une  telle  detresse, 

Q^'iL  me  vint  le  soupgon  d'une  infidelite. 

La  rue  oii  je  logeais  etait  sombre  et  deserte; 

Q^elques  ombres  passaient,  un  falot  a  la  main ; 

Q^and  la  bise  soufflait  dans  la  porte  entr'ouverte. 

On  entendait  de  loin  comme  un  soupir  humain. 

Je  ne  sais,  h  vrai  dire,  a  quel  facheux  presage 

Mon  esprit  inquiet  alors  s'abandonna. 

Je  rappelais  en  vain  un  reste  de  courage, 

Et  me  sentis  fremir  lorsque  L'heure  sonna. 

Elle  ne  venait  pas.  SeuL,  la  iete  baissee, 

Je  regardai  longtemps  les  murs  et  le  chemin,  — 

Et  je  ne  fai  pas  dit  quelle  ardeur  insensee 

Cette  inconstanie  femme  allumait  en  mon  sein ; 

Je  n'aimais  quelle  au  monde,  et  vi\?re  un  jour  sans  elle 

Me  semblait  un  destin  plus  affreux  que  la  mort. 

J6  me  souviens  pourtanl  qu'en  cette  nuit  cruelle 

Pour  briser  mon  lien  jejis  un  long  effort. 

Je  la  nommai  cent  fois  perfide  et  deloyale, 

Je  comptai  tous  les  maux  quelle  m'avait  causes. 

Tielas  !  au  souvenir  de  sa  beaute  fatale, 

Q^els  maux  et  quels  chagrins  n'etaienf  pas  apaises  ! 

Le  jour  parut  enfin.  —  Las  dune  vaine  attente. 


PAGE  FROM  A.  DE  MU88ET'8  "LES  NUIT8"  (JULES  MEYNIAL, 
PARI8),  PRINTED  IN  TYPE  DE8IQNED  BY  AOOLPHE  QIRALDON 
CA8T  BY  LA  MAI80N   DEBERNY 

1 88 


Deux  causes  essentielles  ont  produit  eel  e^el.  D'abord, 
el  bien  visiblemenl,  une  morbidesse  native  le  predestinait 
aux  emotions  aigues,  voluptes  ou  lourments  :  la  frenesie 
d'aimer  Irepide  en  ses  premiers  poemes,  tout  comme  la 
fureur  de  se  lourmenter  exaspcrera  les  derniers.  Done,  a 
corps  perdu,  I'adolescent  s'esl  rue  a  la  joie  :  iL  y  lord  et  use 
ses  nerfs,  si  bien  qu'iL  en  arrive  avant  L'heure  a  L'epuisemcnl 
des  energies  vilales,  qui  sera  la  seconde  cause  de  son  abat- 
Icmenl.  A  cette  clape  de  sa  vie,  pour  que  la  crise  se  mani- 
fcste,  iL  sufira  de  quelque  amour  Irompe,  evcnement  banal, 
prevu,  el  donl  iL  devisail  naguere  sans  amerlume,  mais  qui, 
cette  fois,  coincide  avec  un  ctat  de  receptivilc  anormalc; 
la  volonle  ne  reagil  plus,  el  le  blessc,  beaucoup  moins 
blesse  que  malade,  accepte  son  sort,  adopte  sa  deslince, 
concentre  en  clle  ses  faculles  pensanles  comme  sesfacultcs 
nerveuses,  et  dclibcremenl  se  couche  sur  son  lit  d'incu- 
rable,  pour  crier  jusqu'a  ce  qu'iL  en  meure. 

A  parler  franc,  el  pour  tout  dire.  Mussel  avail  reconnu 
dans  sa  douleur  la  source  mcme  de  son  genie ;  ce  besoin 
de  sou^rance,  qui  dcja  lui  clail  dcvenu  natureL,  allait  ainsi 
lui  devenir  prccieux.  Esl-ce  un  jugemenl  tcmcraire,  de  con- 
sidcrer  que  eel  amourcux  au  dcsespoir  ail  eu  la  pretention 
de  s'criger  en  personnage  de  Icgende  et  d'incarner,  dans  la 
mcmoire  des  hommes,  le  type  de  L'amanl  au  dix-neuvieme 
siccle?  Les  grandcs  passions,  en  somme,  sont  assez  rares; 
L'amour  lolaL,  exclusif,  absolu,  ne  se  rencontre  gucre  que 
dans  les  livres  ;  chaque  siccle  a  peine  nous  en  donnc  un : 
Hcloise  et  Abcilard,  Dante  et  Beatrice,  Laure  el  Pctrarque, 
Romeo  el  Juliette,  puis,  toute  seule,  Manon  Lescaut  ou 
M"^  de  Lespinasse,  et  Mussel  tout  seuL...  Pourquoi  pas?  IL 
s'cgale,  en  pensce,  aux  illustres  romans  d'amour;  a  lui  seuL 
iL  sera  le  pocme  el  le  pocte  tout  a  la  fois,  L'ceuvre  vecue, 
une  monographic  du  dcsespoir  chantc,  I'inoubliable,  I'unique, 
el  sans  que  mcme  un  nom  de  femme  s'accroche  a  L'aurcoLe 
du  sien...  Oui,  pourquoi  pas  ?  El  pocliquement,  avec  une 
complaisance  d'exception,  iL  s'aide  a  la  douleur.  Gucrir?  IL 
ne  le  voudrail  pas!    Au  besoin,  des  poisons  L'empccheronl 


PAGE  FROM  A.  DE  MUSSET'S  "LES  NUITS"  (JULE8  MEYNIAL. 
PARIS).  PRINTED  IN  TYPE  DESIQNED'BY  ADOLPHE  QIRALDON 
CAST  BY  LA  MAISON  DEBERNY 


189 


DE  DAPHNIS   ET   CHLOE 


45 


du  trespas  de  leur  maistre*  Apres  que  Dorcon 
fut  enterre  Chloe  mena  Daphnis  en  la  caverne  des 
Nymphes,  ou  elle  le  nettoya,  et  quant  et  quant  pour 
la  premiere  fois  en  presence  de  Daphnis  lava  aussi 
son  beau  corps  d'elle-mesme,  blanc  et  poly  comme 
albastre^  et  qui  n'avoit  que  faire  d'estre  lave  pour 
sembler  beau,  puis  en  cueillant  ensemble  des  fleurs 
que  portoit  la  saison,  en  firent  des  chappeaux  aux 
images  des  Nymphes,  et  attacherent  contre  la 
roche  la  fluste  de  Dorcon  pour  offrande,  puis  cela 
faict  retournerent  vers  leurs  chevres  et  brebis,  les- 
quelles  ils  trouverent  toutes  tapies  contre  la  terre 
sans  paistre  ny  besler,  pour  Tennuy  et  le  regret 
qu'elles  avoyent,  ainsi  qu'il  est  a  presumer,  de  ne 
veoir  plus  ny  Daphnis  ny  Chloe,  mais  aussi-tost 
qu'elles  les  apper(;eurent,  et  qu'eux  se  prindrent  a 
les  sifler  comme  de  coustume,  et  a  joiier  du  fla- 
geoUet,  elles  se  leverent  incontinent,  et  se  prindrent 
a  pasturer  comme  devant,  et  les  chevres  a  sauteler 


PAGE   FROM   "DAPHNIS  ET  CHLOE."     PRINTED  IN  "  JENSON  " 
TYPE   BY   L.  PICHON.    PARIS,     WITH  WOODCUT   BY   CARLEQLE 


\()0 


BOOKBINDING   IN   LEVANT!  MOROCCO,    WITH    INLAY  AND  TOOLING 
DESIGNED    BY    ADOLPHE    GIRALDON,    EXECUTED    BY   G.  CANAPE 


191 


BOOKBINDING   IN    LEVANT   MOROCCO,   WITH    INLAY  AND  TOOLING.      BY  G.   CANAPE 


BOOKBINDINGS  IN  LEVANT   MOROCCO.   WITH    INLAY    AND  TOOLING       BY   CHAMBOLLE    DURU 


192 


> 
< 


O 

o 

I- 


o 

C3 


I 
I- 


o 

o 
o 
o 

tr 
o 

s 

Q 
LU 


O 
O 


o 
o 

H 

Q 

_1 

o 
o 

I 


o 
o 
o 
o 
tn 
O 


Q 

z 
m 

O 
O 

m 


193 


1^ 


® 


\^^'.^', 


(• 

«■. 

^v-< 

/■ 

nV 

1 

i 

o 

', 

z 

1 
{ 

-I 
o 
o 

H 

I     • 

Q 

_l 
O 

o 
o 

<? 

> 

z 

> 

< 

.    ; 

>- 
< 

z 

I    UJ 

H   "- 

—  u. 

■j        1 

5  UJ 

O  'HI 

o  z 

O  UJ 

■- 

a:  a: 

is 

z 

UJ 

UJ 

O 

z 

o 

z 

o 

■       i 

OOKBIN 

CQ 

o 
o 

H 

o 
_i 
o 
o 


< 

-I 


X 

I- 


89 
o  > 
o  < 

cc  Q 
O  . 
2  w 

xS 
o 

z 

UJ 

K 

U. 

UJ 

3 


< 


o 

z 

Q 

z 

CQ 

o 
o 

CQ 


194 


o 

z 

Zj 
o 
o 

h 


O 

z 
< 
> 

tr 

O 

8  2  §• 

o      -  J^ 
o    ^> 


N 
"111 

Z 


Q 
Hi 


z 
_l 
O 

o 

I- 


-    I-   -^ 

o  z  ^ 

o 

o 

cc 

o 

2 

o  I-  -5 

Z    liJ   ~ 

HI 

cc 


in 

z 


CD   ^ 


Q 


Z 


t/5 

o 


01 
O 

o 


'95 


JL^ 


BOOKBINDING   IN    PARCHMENT.   TOOLED   AND   COLOURED 
BY   ANDRE    MARE 
(/h  t/it-  fiossi-ssion  of  Mons.  Paul  Aaam) 


BOOKEINDINO    IN    PARCHMENT,  TOOLED   AND   COLOURED.      BY   ANDRt    MARE 
I  In  the  possession  of  Mons.  I..  Vauxcelles) 


196 


(In  the  possession  of 

Madajiie  d\-llt}>ian.) 


BOOKBINDING  IN    PARCHM  ENT.  TOOLED 
AND    COLOURED.      BY    ANDRE    MARE 


o 

z 
_l 
o 
o 

h 


Q  Q. 

±  VJ  -^ 

6  9,  I 

o  <  -5 

^  tij  '^ 

s  w  ^ 

s  <  ^ 

ai  >-   5 

D  OQ  S 
I       " — 


m 

z 

(3 

Z 

G 

Z 
CO 

o 

O 

CQ 


Ul 
(n 

CO 

3 

o 

< 

_I 

z 
o 

CO 

< 

2 

o 


_1 
o 

cc 
D 
< 


Q 
U 

Z 

2 

CO 

u 
o 

LLl 
CO 
< 

o 

6 

z 

Q 

Z 


199 


Ul 

a 

a 
o 

u. 

< 


O     "5 


US 

a 

m 
en 
< 
o 

6 

z 

a 

z 


< 

'  UJ 

Q  CC 

111  < 

z  -" 

«  z 

u)  o 

U  05 


o 


o 

z 

5 

z 


200 


AUSTRIA 


THE  ART  OF  THE  BOOK  IN  AUSTRIA 
BY  A.  S.  LEVETUS 

LIKE  Other  countries  Austria  has,  in  all  that  relates  to  the  book, 
gone  through  periods  of  high  developments,  followed  by  a 
time  of  inactivity  which  could  but  lead  to  eventual  decay. 
That  in  the  past  many  works  of  a  high  artistic  value  as  regards 
printing,  illustrations, type, and  binding,  in  fact  all  the  quali- 
ties which  go  to  make  an  artistic  production,  were  issued  by  the  various 
presses,  many  books  still  existing  go  to  prove.  On  the  whole  the  printers 
of  Austria  were  never  very  numerous,  and  she  has  never  been  a  book- 
producing  centre,  even  in  the  Capital  itself,  as  have  been  many  German 
cities,  such  as  Nuremberg,  Augsburg  and  Leipzig.  Under  the  Empress 
Maria  Theresa  the  art  of  the  book  flourished,  for  being  possessed  of  a 
fine  artistic  nature,  she  granted  many  privileges  to  the  makers  of  books, 
and  set  great  value  on  such  volumes  as  were  real  works  of  art.  Her  son, 
Joseph  II,  who  during  his  youth,  following  the  custom  of  the  time, 
adopted  a  trade,  chose  printing,  and  mastered  it  thoroughly.  He 
likewise  granted  certain  privileges  to  the  printers  and  in  every  way 
encouraged  the  art.  Dur- 
ing the  second  half  of  the 
eighteenth  century  the  Art 
of  the  Book  developed  con- 
siderably. New  types  were 
invented,  woodcut  engrav- 
ings gave  way  to  copper 
engravings,  the  paper  was  of 
the  best  quality,  the  bind- 
ings of  the  finest  leather  and 
of  beautiful  design,  every- 
thing, including  the  end- 
papers, reached  the  highest 
standard.  But  reaction  was 
inevitable  in  Austria  as  it 
was  in  other  countries,  for 
the  age  of  machinery  had 
come.  Hand-made  paper, 
which  had  furnished  astaple 
trade  in  Moravia  since  1520, 
when  the  first  paper-mill 
was  founded  in  Gross-Ul- 
lersdorf,  deteriorated  ;  the 
printing-machine  took  the 


MILOS  TIRANEK 

DOIMYA 
POTULKY 


peClVOLNYCH  SM£R0- 

A  nAkladem  spolku 
VYTVARNYCH  umElco 
•MANESVPRAZE  IOO8 


TITLE-PAGE    DESIGNED    BY    R.    RUZ'CKA.       PUBLISHED    BY    THE 
MANES  SOCIETY.    PRAGUE 


203 


place  of  the  hand-press  ;  the  fine  hand-tooled  leather  bindings  were 
forced  to  yield  to  the  more  commercial  article.  Jff  But  in  Austria,  as 
elsewhere,  the  Art  of  the  Book  was  to  be  reborn,  and  it  was  William 
Morris  who  was  to  give  the  impulse,  for  the  fame  of  the  Kelmscott 
Press  had  reached  Vienna.  The  men  of  the  new  school,  Alfred  Roller, 
Josef  Hoffmann,  Koloman  Moser,  Baron  Myrbach,  Rudolf  von  Larisch, 
and  others  have  spread  the  new  teaching.  The  moment  was  the  right 
one,  the  need  of  reform  in  all  and  everything  concerning  book-produc- 
tion was  recognised  as  part  of  the  programme  when  the  general  question 
of  the  teaching  of  art  was  raised  in  1 897  ;  but  the  regeneration  of  the 
Art  of  the  Book  really  dated  from  the  beginning  of  the  present 
century.  It  must  not  be  thought  that  no  efforts  had  been  made  to 
rescue  the  art  previous  to  the  great  reform.  Far  from  it.  Twenty- 
five  years  ago  the  first  steps  were  taken  by  the  founding  of  the  Imperial 
"  Lehr  -und  Versuchsanstalt  fiir  graphische  Kunst,"  an  institution  for 
teaching  and  experimenting  in  graphic  art,  where  from  the  first  excel- 
lent work  was  done  under  Hofrat  Eder.  The  "  Hof  -und  Staats- 
druckerei "  (Imperial  and  State  Printing  Office)  had  been  called  into 
existence  eighty  years  previously.    But  the  great  impetus  was  given 

some  dozen  years  ago  when 
men  trained  in  the  new 
school  of  thought  in  decor- 
ative art  were  appointed 
teachers  in  the  various 
schools  and  institutions.  M 
The  Art  of  the  Book  in 
Austria  in  its  modern  aspect 
is  but  young,  but  its  develop- 
ment is  most  interesting. 
All  that  is  best  in  graphic 
art  of  the  past  served  as  the 
ground-work  on  which  to 
build  the  art  of  our  time  ; 
and  this  artistic  basis  being 
of  so  fine  a  calibre,  sound 
and  sure,  has  led  to  very 
satisfactory  results.  First, 
in  the  teaching  of  ornamen- 
tal writing  under  Professor 
Rudolf  von  Larisch.  He  has 
expounded  his  tenets  in  his 
"Unterricht  in  ornamenta- 
ler  Schrift,"  a  work  of  great 


TrTLE-PAQE   DESIGNED  BY  VLADIMIR    ZUPANSKY.    PUBLISHED   BY 
THE   MANES  SOCIETY.   PRAGUE 


204 


value  to  all  interested  in  this  subject.  What  he  aims  at  is  form,  con- 
figuration and  spacing,  to  add  rhythm  to  the  letters  themselves,  and  to 
harmonise  one  with  another  in  the  building-up  of  the  word  ;  for  even 
the  simplest  of  words  rightly  rendered  should  be  decorative.  He  does 
not  consider  the  creating  of  new  forms  of  paramount  importance,  but 
sets  much  store  on  the  relation  of  the  letter  to  the  word,  the  word  to 
the  sentence.  These  should  fit  into  one  another  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  component  parts  of  a  perfect  piece  of  architecture,  for,  as  in 
architecture  we  see  the  foundation  of  all  art,  so  in  lettering  the  basis 
of  all  book  decoration  is  to  be  sought.  This  theory  is  supported  by 
the  study  of  early  printed  works  and  more  particularly  so  in  those 
printed  towards  the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century.  Here  we  see  the 
aim  was  to  achieve  harmony  in  type,  ornament  and  illustration.  This, 
too, is  theaim  of  those  whoproduce  artistic  books  other  than  those  issued 
by  the  ordinary  publisher.  Unfortunately  there  are  but  few  of  the  former 
class  in  Austria.  But  many  of  the  Austrian  artists  are  engaged  in  illus- 
trating books  for  German  and  other  publishers.  In  Vienna,  Artur  Wolf 
has  published  some  very  fine  works  illustrated  by  Franz  von  Bayros, 
Ferdinand  Staeger,  and  other 
artists;  Konegen's  series  of 
children's  books,  illustrated 
by  Marianne  Hitschmann- 
Steinberger,  are  full  of  charm 
and  understanding  of  child 
life  ;  Gerlach  and  Wiedling's 
books  for  children  have  been 
illustrated  by  various  artists : 
Professor  Czeschka,  Karl 
Fahringer,  F.  Staeger,  Franz 
Wacik,  Fraulein  Frimberger 
among  others.  That  excel- 
lent work  is  being  done  may 
be  gathered  from  our  illus- 
trations. Fraulein  C.Hassel- 
wander  has  done  very  good 
work  as  an  illustrator  of 
children's  stories  ;  C.  Koy- 
strand  has  won  renown  as  an 
illustrator  of  refined  humour ; 
Ferdinand  Staeger  is  one  of 
the  best-known  illustrators 
of  the  "  Miinchner  Jugend," 
and  a  draughtsman  of  great 


ELI5iABETH  BARRETT-BROWNING 

TUGA15KE 


SKVKLUB  CESKYVPRAXE-F 


aKl908 


TITLE-PAGE 


DESIGNED     BY    J.     BENDA.       PUBLISHED      BY    THE 
^ENSKY  KLUB,   PRAGUE 


205 


ic  iHuttcr  Crdc  roar  alfo  Don  Ic 
her  dcr  ?uflu*t8ort,  jpohfn  ^<^ 
0c|1ortc  £:icbc  bavg.  t>ic  un^lutf' 
lidfcn  tDfd^tc  untcr  den  fidams' 
(indcrn,  toclcije  WunfS)  und  ^ojf* 
^nung  tdufd)!,  cffnen  fid)  unter 
folchcn  Umfldndcn  den  Wsg  dO" 
bin  dur*  ctrirf  und  Dold),  durd) 
6lci  und  6ift,  dur*  Darrfud)(  und  6luthu)Tcn,  oder 
fon)ln>ie  auf  cine  unbcquemc  fitt.  /Ibcr  die  <Pci|ler 
bedurfen  all  dcr  UmfTdndli<i)fciten  nid|t  und  geniC' 
Ben  ubcrdfee  de«  Porfcite,  da^  fie  nadi  6clicben  in 
die  ©berroelt  juriitfftljren  (onnen,  roenn  |ie  au9» 
QttroM,  (•dcrihre£e{dcnf<i^aft  auegctobthabcn,  da 
dent3terbli*endcr  tDcg3ur  Rutf  fehr  ouf  cn)igDer» 
(<l>lo(Jen  i|T.  Dcr  unmutscpUc  »Pnemc  rcrlic^  die 
(2>bcrtPcltmitdcni<fntf<Mu^,nictpicdcrdQ92;agc0-- 
Mjt  3u  fd^auen;  doc^  die  roobltdtige  Jcif  oern>i(<*tc 
nod)  und  nad)  die  <Cindru(fc  fcincs  <&ram6;  gleic^r 


PAGE    DESIGNED    BY    HEDWIG     SCHMIEDL,    FOR  THE    IMPERIAL 
GRAPHISCHE     LEHR -UND  .VERSUCHSANSTALT.  VIENNA 


variety  and  vitality  ;  Wenzel 
Oswald  and  Gustav  Kal- 
hammer  are  past  students  of 
the  Imperial  "  Kunstgewer- 
beschule"  in  Vienna  and  are 
essentiallv  decorative  in  their 
art;  while  Dagobert  Peche 
hails  from  the  Imperial 
Academy  and  his  work  is 
of  a  highly  decorative  char- 
acter. Alfred  Keller  is  an 
architect  by  profession,  as  is 
Dagobert  Peche,  but  he  is 
also  an  illustrator  of  books, 
his  ch'i tf  Jo rte  lying  in  line 
drawing.  Jff  Some  of  the 
Austrian  artists  excel  in  the 
designing  of  book-bindings, 
and  it   is   safe  to   say  their 

work  will  achieve  lasting  fame.  The  mention  of  names  such  as  Pro- 
fessors Josef  Hoffmann,  Koloman  Moser  and  Czeschka,  are  sufficient  to 
vouch  for  this  assertion  ;  Anton  Hofer  and  Rudolf  Geyer,  both  past 
students  of  the  Imperial  Arts  and  Crafts  School,  have  also  done  some 
very  beautiful  work  which  will  live.    All  these  artists  have  produced 

bindings  which  in  quality 
j    of    design,     material,    and 
I    workmanship   are  all   that 
I    could    be     desired.    M    In 
I-  the  designing  of  new  types 
\    excellent  results  have  been 
I    achieved. "  Czeschka'sAn- 
I    tiqua,"    the    invention    of 
Professor   Czeschka,  is  ex- 
tremely beautiful  in  its  sim- 
plicity. I  thas  been  acquired 
i    by    Messrs.    Genzsch    and 
I    Heyse,  of  Hamburg,  and  is 
;    illustrated  on  page  zii.M 
Dr.  Rudolf  Junk's  new  type 
I    ischaracterized  by  the  same 
I    high    qualities    though    it 
-    differs  widely  in  form  from 

PAGE      DESIGNED      BY     BERTA       BINDTNER.     FOR    THE      IMPERIAL        ^L      f       f  P         f  f^  V.  Ir 

GRAPHI8CHE   LEHR  -UNO  VERSUCHSANSTALT,  VIENNA  tnat  Ol   1    rOieSSOr  L^ZeSCnKa  J 

206 


{tfq^i/E<l1):VCM<QOOTi»1.<DyM 
^Ht  TDOPHOMiU/  HDHLE/M^lit 
I^^^HQ/iODU//l>niD4llMMM 

KAPiTU. 
AHD(imiHQAHZQIK& 
(MU1[5\HD<H1iTUfU£Q 
/KUtOUnT.iHDHI  UOQHEUmniHmDllH 
UHD4UPDEH»»1D/TinV//CH  HMDET  <)mn 
UJinTUmmi/(R/46tDDi(S2E(UnunGtH 
OtU  UJiQTUE/iHDUHUEQ/aUMT.MIW 
I^D  fAn  uSEfiAU  HliT  BEROEH  UHD  UUOHM 
BEDHKT  in  JO  NimHtTrtrUI  HUD  ZU  KUiHHI 

iEHDOPTDiEMEmmKtnE  CEDRAUCUEH. 
EUQ  LA  H0ERE'REi;EH<)t1U/2<IMAH  HVUIE 
TUiEDE  UlAMLEn  UMDZURTI»GUHQ<DEf 
GEmOE/  EiMiQEikmUEtl  ItliTiiCM  EiiU 

ovn. 


-^"'"'^'^- 


"bopisy 

JOSEFAi\lANESA 
HENRIETTE 

Z  RITTERSBERGU 
AjINDRLSCE 

2  RITTERSBERGU 
<SLAViNSKE> 


•^ 


j^a 


:# 


^%li|/IHIIl|\iVVV 


# 


w^ 


COVER  DESIGN  BY  F.  KYSELA,  FOR  NOVA  EDICE,  PRAGUE 


Herr  Mader's  type  is  less 
clear,  though  it  is  interest- 
ing. For  this  Professor  Hoff- 
mann has  made  the  borders 
and  ornament.  Fraulein 
Schmidt  may  also  be 
counted  amongst  thosewho 
have  created  new  and  in- 
teresting types.  These  have 
all  been  published  by  the 
"  Hof  -und  Staatsdruck- 
erei."  Jff  In  the  provinces 
Bohemia  holds  the  first 
place  in  the  Art  of  the 
Book,  which  is  but  natural 
considering  how  high  a 
prestige  Prague,  Pilsen, 
Kuttenberg,  and  other  of 
her  towns  enjoyed  in  by- 
gone ages.  In  modern 
graphic  art  and  book-de- 
coration many  Czech  artists 
have  distinguished  them- 
selves.  The  various  repro- 


ductions here  show  that 
their  inspirations  are  those 
of  the  true  artist.  To  these 
must  be  added  Zdenka  Brau- 
nerova,  Adolf  Kaspar,  and 
Vojtech  Preissig.  That  the 
publishers  are  collaborating 
with  the  artists  is  a  good 
sign,  and  the  next  few  years 
will  no  doubt  see  further 
developments.  The  fact  that 
the  modern  movement  in 
Bohemia  in  the  Art  of  the 
Book  is  still  in  its  infancy, 
and  that,  in  spite  of  this,  so 
much  that  is  good  has  already 
been  done,  speaks  well  for 
the  future. 


gen,  mit  aiten  £utnpen  bedetft,  a\&  man  p/legt  in 
die  €tbfen  ju  flellen,  die  0ena|<i)i0en  @po^en  damit 
ju  |<i)eu(i)en.  tDoruber  ficij  die  ^enen  Don  ^vf^ 
betg  bag  icunderten,  liegen  |ie  In  oUet  0tille  den 
6trot^niann  abncbmen  und  breiteten  wa,  der  0ro0c 
iDind  ^abe  3UC  nad)t3e)t  den  Iei4)tcn  @<^neider 
Dom  <Bal0en  uber  die  6ren3e  geipet^et. 


fmm 


mmm. 


47 


TAILPIECE  DESIGNED  BY  HEDWIG  SCHMIEDL,  FOR  THE  IMPERIAL 
GRAPHISCHE   LEHR  -UND    VER8UCHSANSTALT,  VIENNA 


207 


ORNAMENT  BY  WENZEL    OSWALD 


o 


-«  J:  ;^'  i  .V- 


>>ji  a 


S  2  g-9 
B  "I  2  S  -I  a.  ">  ;C  i  >C  J.: 

=  1  2  §  S  l-i^-2  E  o  = 
2  ^  -o  >g  g  -^^  -B  '^  (5 

.S  ^  J  -I  P  >«  ^>  iSi 
-=  *   ^  g  •"  Sj: 


O    "3   ._i 

■a  iJ  a.:=. 


,g  -5  I-  O  5w  5  i"3 

ft_;a  Q_  >    !^    e  TJ 


CKS 


S- J=     X  -Q  .3     5     N  .ra  -^  ^ 


O     N     >S  V    O   .li  -^  >N 

Au  r-  »fA  n    o    ^ 


> 
"0  <» 


O   e   /,   3 

^  o  «  «-      .6 

o  «  o-^ 

_  o  o  — 
o  -u  tt;  -fi 
•seel. 


E 


o 

S 


-  =  =i  ■«  x-i  E  2  £  >  3 


•3  J=    C 
03- 

5  '^'w  • 


^"s! 


o 


C  Si  ^  ^  .y  g 

y  2  HO  §  !y  "T  >si  '2  2  ?  -5 
o.i  xS  E  ii-§-.|S.g  fa 


8.-2  .„  s  ^  •>-:B  -^  b  s.-^ 

"6       ^   M 


>«  -o  -*   " 
-^-^  E 


O    S  5 


3 
o     . 

■2*3 

3-5 -c 
3^  je 

"J  «  a 
■002 


i-sJ-i&s 


"^2S 


19     M 
O 

N    C  -S    W 

>  ^-49  •- 

e;  s  s 


V?  «    3 


-    n)  — ■ 


u. 

O  : 

>-  _l 

CO  -I 


UJ 

I 
I- 


Ul 

z 
z 

cr 
I  Q 

.    UJ 

>  I 

>  CO 
CD    3 

Q     CO 
UJ     3 

z   Q- 

CO    : 
UJ 

Q 

UJ 

C3 

< 
a. 


< 

O    u 


UJ 

I 

H 


Q 

Ul 

I 


UJ 
CO 

>• 


a 

UJ 

z 

CO 
UJ 
Q 

Ul 
C3 
< 

Q. 


UJ 

o 

a 

UJ 

< 
> 

o 

z 


209 


j 


o 
u 

I 
tn 

_i 

CD 
Q. 


^  D 

CO  ei 

z  < 

<  cc 

0.  Q. 

D 

>N  -. 

^  UJ 

1  I 

a  5 


o 

Z 

o 

CO 

UJ 

a 
111 

< 


ul 

_i 
O 

Q. 
05 


O 

UJ 
I 
CO 

_1 

CO 
D 
CL 

< 

Q 

Z 
UJ 


_;   Ul 
>0 

^? 

s< 

z   < 

—  -^ 
CO  UJ 
Ul     I 

o 

UJ 


Ul 

_l 
h 


r  lO 


■---r— 

p^ 

m 

^ 

H 

Bj 

SSK 

^^BS 

SI^HR^B 

--r-' 

.  ^  . 

SB 

1 

K^ 

J^»[ 

8 

9 

HB 

Sl^ 

^^H 

.^, 

A 

^n 

B 

BJ 

IB 

si 

■^B 

B^B^ 

Bi 

£_ 

cturus 
urus 
urus 

CO 

u 

■H 

HH 

—> 
1) 

=5 

1  ' 

n 

175     ^    (/) 

03 
> 

^H 

HiSHIi 

o 

.  1    ' 

CD 

(U 

(U 

03 

.,n 

x5    ^    ^ 

CD     f/o    1^ 

V    <o 

^■■fi^l 

9| 

T7 

E 

1     < 

c 

o 

u 

CO 

E 

E 

o 
o 

c 
E 

■  unc 
m  rog 
sit  se 

'^  "5. 

Z3      T3    rd 

B 

l^\^^i 

o 

c/^ 

Z3 

■  \  ^ 

^ 

'—       —       CO 

(U       — '       — • 

<Xi      <r)      ^ 

.^      D      </) 

^\k\T9 

Oa 

CO 
1^ 

E 

U 

o 

■  t    .' 

E 

12  5 

<D     C 

Un 

H 

O 
CO 

o 
o 

rr 

E 

o 

qj 

CD 

u 

— 4-w 

O 

id  sum 
em  pa 
m  vix  j 

p      03     OJ 

£  ^    E 

X    .-     > 

cordar 

od  sim 

me  pe 

B 

I^^^H 

j2i 

r; 

u 

D 

— ' 

=!      D      D 

1)      =5      r^ 

OJ     Zi     <u 

P^^^hI 

i^V 

n 

L. 

_J 

_; 

O' 

O^O'rA 

rf  O'e/D 

oicy^ 

BH 

▼ 

!£■ 

B 

Si 

B 

a| 

■BB 

8I^E^ 

^■^n 

^^^ 

.^. 

M 

B 

|m| 

Li 

a 

RIB 

Bi^ 

^KH 

.^. 

■■! 

B 

■^B^ 

IB 

■ 

^M^ii^ 

^^B^ 

aflSI^Hl 

QC 

C5 

o 

rr 

CO 

-) 

CO 

m 

111 

LL 

5 

o 

< 

a: 

I 

Q. 

Ul 

> 

CO 

CO 

>- 

tJ 

Q 

T 

z 

Q 

C3 

Z 

< 

CO 

LU 

X 

Q 

o 

OJ 

IT 

N 

LU 

2 

Q 

UJ 

IE 

o 

o 

> 

m 

CQ 

o 

1- 

z 
< 

co 
< 
o 

UJ 

< 

VO         ^ 

GM        H 

O 

u. 

CO 

O 

UJ 

N 

CO 

O 

UJ 

C3 

O 

< 

CL 

o 

211 


S5 


r 


oo 


tyO 


I- 
z 


^   a>  ni   g 

,  M   r-   !;:i   CF) 


f^-S  ^vr^  P  S '^  rfl  ^  ^  ^ 

(1)  TTy.  t<<J  C  r,  ft)  fO  hi  (V  t,\ 


b3 

V)- 


p>  So  o  o"CE  o  fO  CO  p>  ert  ci) 


I 
o 

CO 

a: 

< 


o 
> 


Ul    DC 

O  I 
ca  O 
Q.  i/y 

>■  a: 
a  uj 

oi 

Z    1- 

H 
(C 

5 

_i 
< 
h 
z 

UJ 

< 
z 
a: 
O 
u. 
O 

CO  f- 
Ul    3 

-I  : 

a. 

ii 

X  a: 

liJ    u. 


4 


I 


\^  * 


212 


z 

tc 

o 

UJ 

1- 
< 

I 

1- 

z 

y 

o 

\i\ 

o 

2 

< 

7 

1- 

O 

ir 

CQ 

Q 

_i 

_I 

< 

O 

CD 

>- 

Q 

OQ 

lU 

m 

en 

a 

O 

HI 

to 

1- 

? 

3 

Ill 

o 

III 

± 

X 

h 

UJ 

5 

a: 
u 

ai 

lll 

O 

o 

< 

I 

I 

03 

Q. 

_l 

f1 

O 

<■ 

u 

_l 

D 

DQ 

CE 

2 

— 

> 

O 

to 

z 

Q 

Q 

Z 

LU 

CO 

Z 

o 

C/3 

O 

UJ 

to 

Q 

Ms 


#•*•««**&•«*«««      -    « 


:     :     i*"*j     s     :     : 
•     :     :     J     i     11 


I  I  •     ■               ■                                                                                                                                                                                           •  • 

J  •  •                                                                                                                                                                                                                 •  » 

I  J  *                                                                                                                                                                                                                 *  * 

!  I  :     !                                                            »     :  : 

«  ■  «  •                                                                                                                                  •  • 

I  j  -"" "•" - """ •"  i 

I  I........ ..................................... .......»...»».>».•<£•»: 


.MM®.! 


•    1^.  Jl:?^f- 


:...M>M„.iizzzzzzzzzii:z 


o 

UJ 

1- 

1- 

H 

z 

7 

:J 

UJ 

CD 

? 

< 

H 

z 

(T 

n: 

UJ 

o 

CO 

1 

CJ 

< 

-I 

o 

(T 

> 

m 

u 

UJ 

CO 

Q 

C/J 

UJ 

O 

1- 

CO 

D 

> 

O 

111 

UJ 

V 

X 

III 

H 

g 

cc" 

2 

UJ 

UJ 

III 

UJ 

(T 

cc 

n 

<t 

J. 

X 
en 

a. 

-I 
O 

u 

n 

UJ 

-) 

uc 

ir 

z 

~ 

>- 

CD 

to 

z 

Q 

o 

z 

ul 

CO 

2 
CD 

o 

en 

n 

UJ 

CQ 

o 

213 


BOOKBINDING    IN    RUSSIAN    LEATHER.   WITH    INLAY   AND   TOOLING.       DESIGNED 
BY   HENRYK   UZIEMBLO.    EXECUTED   BY    ROBERT  JAHODA 


BOOKBINDING    IN    RUSSIAN    LEATHER,   WITH    INLAY   AND  TOOLING.        DESIGNED 
BY   HENRYK   UZIEMBLO.    EXECUTED   BY   ROBERT  JAHODA 


214 


Z 
< 

>• 
< 


o  < 

Q     CO 

z 

5  d 
^  z 

o 
o 

CQ 

(T 

> 

-1 


o 
o 

H 

Q 

_l 

o 


■^ 


s 


s  ■«: 


^1 


215 


LEATHER    BOOKBINDING.   WITH    INLAY    AND   GOLD 

TOOLING.     DESIGNED  BY  PROF.  JOSEF  HOFFMANN 

EXECUTED    BY  THE   WIENER    WERKSTAETTE 


BOOKBINDING   IN    BUCKSKIN.  WITH    INLAY   AND  TOOLING.      DESIGNED   BY    PROF.   JOSEF   HOFFMANN 

EXECUTED   BY  THE   WIENER   WERKSTAETTE 


2l6 


1  >■ 

1  HI 

1  ^'^'  ^^M     ^^F~ 

run9mm 
von€maL 

Ui 

^ 

G 

(1 

jl 

n 

*~       m^^^^^^^m.^ 

'       *iGl 

BUZT'' 

E 

J 

j8 

r-*3^ 

^'    V' 

l..h 

¥i 

o 

il 

PAPER   COVER   DESIGNED   BY   DORA   GROSS 


PAPER    COVER    DESIGNED    BY   HANSI     BURGER-DIVECKY,    PRINTED    IN 
THE    IMPERIAL  GRAPHISCHE   LEH  R-UND-VERSUCHSANSTALT,  VI  ENN  A 


217 


> 

< 
I- 

cc  => 

a. 
< 

a. 


:-:::2S 


«^ 


<^-^ 


UJ     < 

I   z 

h  z 

UJ 

5  > 


IT 
>-    I 

CQ    LU 
-1 
Q 
HI    u 

§5 

CO    <» 

UJ     T 


a:  en 

UJ  UJ 

a.  a. 

2  ? 


2l8 


< 

I 

-I 
m 
o 


Q 

m 


O) 

u 

D 

a: 

> 

O 
O 

OC 

u 
a. 
< 


219 


TAILPIECE  AND  COVER   DESIGN 
BY   HEDWIQ   SCHMIEOL 


220 


BORDER   AND   END-PAPER   DESIGNS   BY   ALFRED 
KELLER.      FOR   L.   STAAKMANN,   LEIPZIG 


221 


til 

X 

o 
u 
a. 

I- 
tc 

UJ 
CD 
O 

C3 

< 
Q 

>- 
CO 


(0 

111 

Q 

c 

UJ 
0. 

< 
a. 

o 

z 

UJ 
Q 

z 
< 

tn 

h 
z 

UJ 

S 
< 
z 

E 

o 


222 


INITIAL   LETTER   AND   BORDER    DESIGNED    BY   PROF.    C.   O. 
CZESCHKA.      FOR   GENZSCH    AND    HEYSE,    HAMBURG 


223 


h 


ORNAMENTS  AND  TAILPIECES  BY  WENZEL  OSWALD 
224 


ORNAMENTS   BY   GUSTAV   KALHAMMER 

225 


o:; 


0      .Qo-«      ■    °^ 


o  0  0  "  °    O    "^ 


"o     O      o 


o 


O 


'O 


q.^r«toe«  • 


DECORATIVE  ILLUSTRATIONS  BY  FERDINAND  STAEGER 
226 


DECORATIVE   ILLUSTRATIONS    BY   FERDINAND   STAEGER 

227 


DECORATIVE  ILLUSTRATIONS  BY  ALFRED  KELLER.  FOR 
R.  H,  BARTSCHS  "  BITTERSUSSE  LI  EBESGESCH ICHTE  ■ 
PUBLISHED   BY    L.  STAAKMANN,    LEIPZIG 


228 


DECORATIVE  ILLUSTRATION  BY  ALFRED  KELLER 

FOR      "DAS      BUCH      DER      KLEINEN      KLEINEN" 

PUBLISHED   BY   L.   STAAKMANN.   LEIPZIG 


DECORATIVE   ILLUSTRATION    BY 
C.    HASSELWANDER 


DECORATIVE    ILLUSTRATION    BY   C.    KOYSTRAND 
FOR    "PIERROT     ALS    SCHILDWACHE"  PUB- 

LISHED  BY  S.   CZEIGER 


INITIAL    LETTER    BY   GUSTAV   MARISCH 


229 


DECORATIVE  ILLUSTRATIONS  BY  MARIANNE    HITSCHM ANN-8TEINBERGER 
FOR   "KONEOENS    KINDERBUCHER.        PUBLISHED    BY    KONEQEN,  VIENNA 


230 


THE  ART  OF  THE  BOOK  IN  HUNGARY 

THE  development  of  art  in  Hungary  reached  its  highest  point 
in  the  fifteenth  century.  The  influence  of  the  ItaHan  renais- 
sance made  itself  felt  in  this  country  sooner  than  anywhere 
else,  for  Mathias  Corvinus  gathered  round  him  at  his  Court  a 
great  many  Italian  artists  and  humanists,  and  acquired  numer- 
ous finely  painted  books  and  manuscripts.  The  few  remaining  treasures 
of  his  library,  called  corvinas,  are  wonderful  examples  of  renaissance 
book-illustrations,  mostly  the  work  of  Italian  miniaturists,  for  it  would 
seem  that  Hungarian  artists  were  not  employed  by  the  King.  Political 
conflicts  and  wars  put  an  end  to  the  progress  of  art,  and  then  came  the 
domination  of  the  Turks,  who  destroyed,  or  allowed  to  perish,  the  exist- 
ing monuments  of  art.  JS  There  are  many  reasons  to  account  for  the 
long  period  of  depression  in  book-production  and  illustrative  art  which 
followed.   Up  to  as  late  as  the  middle  of  the  nineteenth  century  the  edu- 
cated classes  in  Hungary  adopted  Latin  for  conversation,  and  it  was  also 
the  official  and  legal  language  of  the  country.  Students  went  to  Italy  and 
Germany  to  acquire  culture.  Consequently  foreign  influences  were  par- 
amount, and  only  the  cheapest  books  were  produced  at  home.  The  native 
typography  could  not  compete  with  that  of  other  countries,  the  art  of 
the  book  fell  into  decay,  and  Hungarian  artists  were  only  employed  in 
work  of  lesser  importance.  M  The  books  which  have  been  published 
in  Hungary  during  the  last  few  years  show  a  distinct  advance  when 
compared  with  those  previously  produced.  This  is  in  a  large  measure 
due    to    the    training  offered   at    the 
National   Arts  and  Crafts  School  at 
Budapest,  where  opportunity  is  given 
for   the    study    of    typography,   and 
characters  based  on   the  national  art 
have  been  introduced  and  popularized. 
There  is  a  special  class  for  designing 
script  based  upon  the  best  of  the  old 
national  manuscripts  which  combine 

the  most  desirable  qualities — legibility  fal^/#j^#f      '(  * 

and    artistic   form.     Three  excellent    ;  L.*<ll'  1 

examples  of  the  work  of  the  students    \  *r\0\tQSZXUQ, 

are  reproduced  on  pages  237  to  239.  Jff    ;     4RJ^  •^^nClil.ZrCr 
Hungary  ishappy  in  possessinga  num-    i    ^;^g^ *^*b<lV<IXCro5iCl 
her  of  really  clever  book  decorators,         ^^^>^  CIlOiiQ 
though  many  oFthem  have  settled  out-    \  *KOrd05*alDCf4 

side  their  native  country,  and  their 

II-  ^       TX...1  r^l  TITLE-PAGE     WRITTEN     IN      CORK.         BY     BLASIUS 

work  has  m  some   respects  little  or  the      busay  (arts  and  crafts  school.  Budapest) 

231 


D  INITIAL  LETTER 
NAGY.  PUBLISHED 
"   PRINTING   OFFICE 


purely  national  characteristics.  A  notable  example  of  this  is  to  be  found 
in  the  drawings  of  the  M  arquis  Franz  von  Bayros,  a  Hungarian  by  race, 
Croatia  being  his  native  province,  whose  work  bears  no  relation  to  his 
nationality.  Delicate,  refined,  and  eminently  decorative,  it  possesses  a 
grace  which  recalls  the  poetic  charm  of  the"  fetes  galantes^  and  is  yet, 
in  its  technical  dexterity  and  subtle  comprehension  of  the  requirements 
of  black-and-white,  modern  in  feeling.  We  reproduce  some  charming 
examples  of  this  artist's  work.  Jff  Very  different  in  conception  and 
treatment,  but  more  national  in  character,  is  the  decorative  illustration 
by  Charles  Kos  (page  236)  for  his  poem,  "The  Death  of  Attila";  while 
other  eminent  book-decorators  are  Willy  Pogany,  many  of  whose 
drawings  have  been  published  in  England,  AlexanderNagy  and  Kriesch- 
Korostoi,  both  leaders  of  the  famous  Godollo  group  of  artists.  Nagy 
is  a  master  of  line,  endowed  with  a  poetic  imagination,  and  he  adopts 
with  wonderful  success  those  forms  in  which  the  Hungarian  nation  is 
so  rich.  Characteristic  of  his  art  is  the  headpiece  shown  on  this  page. 
A  quaintly  treated  frontispiece  by  Blasius  Busay  is  also  reproduced. 
The  original  design  was  executed  in  burnt  cork. 
232 


FIRMyg  MOf^  WH¥Hn 


um:^\E.MJE.m  ^&^[5]  ji^  m^^m^^^'i?\^\K 


MWORWOfe 


L 


PMvIe 


m 


TITLE-PAGE    DESIGNED   BY    FRANZ   VON    BAYROS 
PUBLISHED    BY    ARTUR    WOLF,    VIENNA 


233 


DECORATIVE   ILLUSTRATIONS   BY   FRANZ   VON    BAYROS 
PUBLISHED   BY   ARTUR   WOLF,   VIENNA 


234 


nr 

- 

n 

z 

li- 

a: 

HI 

en 

7 

O 

>- 

to 

O 

N 

h 

< 

a. 

\- 

T 

n 

cn 

o 

z 

O 

> 

_> 

N 

z 

H 

-7 

u 

CE 

< 

o 

HI 

II 

z 

II 

V 

;0 

en 

CO 
7. 

z 
o 

> 

> 

(3 

: 

Q 

en 

en 

LLl 

Q 

III 

en 

fT 

-J 

a. 

(1 

01 

u 

_) 

> 

fO 

Q. 

O 

O 

o 

IT 

2i: 

o 

I 

o 

m 

J 

en 

r 

O 

CC 

cc 

u 

> 

U- 

< 

< 

T 

m 

:i 

O 

z 

< 

o 

i 

-) 

> 

LLl 

? 

N 

en 

r 

oc 

rr 

<• 

III 

^ 

1 

11 

1 

V 

n 

:d 

ca 

cc 

£ 

z 

Ul 

O 

o 

Q 

a. 

o 

H 

III 

< 

CC 

en 

rn 

C3 

1- 

n 

>- 

2 

OQ 

1 

m 

Q 

1 

o 

III 

_i 

T 

III 

X 

en 

> 

o 

_i 

h 

CQ 

< 

T> 

nr 

U 

n 

O 

> 

o 

(E 

LU 

o 

Q 

LL 

235 


"DEATH    OF    ATTILA.'— DECORATIVE 
ILLUSTRATION    BY   CHARLES    K03 


236 


^  I- 
^^ 

UJ     Q 
ID    3 

_1    10 

D      - 

<    05 
Q.    -I 

5i 

o 
z  to 

S"    CO 


I  Q 

r- 

If 

U.    u. 

O  o 

S  Q 

<  Zi 

X  H 

lU  (O 


237 


m 


<  H 
z  CO 
o  ^ 

<  < 

^  Q 

UJ  m 

5  J 

>§ 

I 
o 

UJ  CO 

^  t 

Q  < 

ui  o 

g: 

Q 

5  CO 

£  < 

h  u 

?  ►- 

o  o 

UJ  H 

-I  Z 

Q-  UJ 

S  Q 

<  D 
X  h 
UJ  CO 


238 


52    cv 


3J 


k^       *^  »— =*       M       /U 


■0    h    o    X 

9  ^S^^"^ 


6 


Qj   ch  c   &   S 


^8 


Q> 


C 

o 


Q    o> 
C 


r    10   '^    e    y    ri  s=^   .c 


J^    o 

v.>        ^         ^ 


(r\    n)    a  _C    C  •-»    i-t 


Q^     O     g  ^ 


:-.  ^  ^  ^  --^  ^    d 

0)    Q  . 


6 


O       9J      IS  -^       KJ 


1 

o 

,3! 


.-C:     :0 


£  S  g 
0 


o 
c 

q; 


O 

c 


a 


vi/ 

£ 


S   3-H^  c   'tfj'^   i:^ 


3^^ 


">  ^-C  -^     A.    ^    Q    i=} 

^   JO  w  .^-c  :ik  c 


<  t- 

Z  CO 

O  HI 

<  < 

i<:  □ 

a: 


-  o 
>-  o 

m  I 

o 

z   "> 

UJ    05 

D-     H 
U- 

Q   < 

HI   a: 
m  o 

(E 

Q 
I    Z 

h    < 

5  CO 

-  < 

t    UJ 

q:  I 
5  H 

Ll.    "- 

o  o 

_l   z 

Q.    Ui 

S   Q 

<    D 

X   I- 
uj  CO 


239 


ORNAMENT    BY    FRANZ    VON    BAYR09.    FOR     "DIE 
8ECHZEHNTE     EHEFREUDE. "  PUBLISHED      BY 

ARTUR  WOLF,  VIENNA 


240 


SWEDEN 


t 


THE  ART  OF  THE  BOOK  IN  SWEDEN 
BY  AUGUST  BRUNIUS 

IN  Sweden,  as  elsewhere,  the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  century 
brought  about  a  brighter  period  for  the  Art  of  the  Book  as  regards 
typography,  quality  of  paper,  and  binding.  Still  the  decay  had 
hardly  been  as  great  as  in  other  branches  of  decoration  and  handi- 
craft. Two  publishing  firms,  P.  A.  Norstedt,  Stockholm,  and 
Berling,  Lund,  have  maintained  a  high  standard  of  bookmaking.  On 
the  other  hand,  a  more  artistic  character  was  adopted  between  1 870  and 
1880  by  using  traditional  means,  by  imitating  Gothic  manuscripts,  or 
by  a  somewhat  arbitrary  use  of  Old  Northern  ornamental  art.  The  re- 
naissance, which  in  Sweden  burst  forth  at  the  beginning  of  the  nineties, 
originated  in  a  revival  of  interest  in  the  decorative  arts,  especially  in  the 
textiles  of  the  Viking  and  Saga  periods.  The  Old  Northern  spirit  ran 
like  an  undercurrent  through  the  life  of  the  whole  country,  and  culmi- 
nated in  Artur  Hazelius'sepoch-making  museum  work,  Skansen  and  the 
Northern  Museum.  Just  at  the  right  moment  there  was  added  a  prac- 
tical study  of  modern  bookmaking  in  England  and  on  the  Continent. 
A  whole  generation  was  seized  by  the  new  ideas  which  were  proclaimed 
with  such  power  by  William  Morris.  JffTo  initiate  a  movement,  com- 
bining as  it  does  artistic  and 
practical  knowledge,  a  pas- 
sionate idealist  is  required. 
Such  an  idealist  is  Waldemar 
Zachrisson,  a  printer  of 
Gothenburg  (born  1861). 
He  studiedin  Sweden  and  at 
the  best  printing  firms  in 
Hamburg,  Leipzig,  Vienna, 
Berlin,  and  St.  Petersburg, 
and  developed  his  taste  by 
constant  study  of  the  master- 
pieces of  great  times  and  the 
new  English  and  American 
fine  printing  practised  by 
Morris  and  De  Vinne.  As 
soon  as  he  had  secured  his 
own  great  business  he  began 
to  work  for  the  raising  of 
thewholetrade.  Hefounded 
a  union  of  experts,  "All- 
manna  Svenska  Boktrycka- 


\s^ms^&^^!^ 


a  I520<taltt,  mbjltgen  dt  1523,  anicu 

Iti  i  @6^crt6^in9,  troligcn  af  £in(6pln9«» 
blfptn  hani  feraff,  ctt  lltrt  ttpchrl,  foa; 
till  f6te|ianDarc  fid  „ptc«bnteni"  O I  as  u « 
Ultlci.'  2ri)ctttiet  mififjaaak  fmrUet- 
ti6  ©nfiof  ?ffiafa,  fjotltcn  at  1526  (lut- 
-*  (igcn  iaf  befallning  om  tiefi  nftl48(3ante. 
Otfatcn  f)iUtil(  ffall  t)a  naxit  nSgra  anfiitllfla  \triftn 
ututt  mot  £utt)ct  o<^  rffotmationen,  fom  blffop  iSraff 
latit  ttDcfa  cct)  utfpriM  t  lantet.  €tt  papperrtruf, 
upprdttaDt  fJr  ttndertcts  tdtning  4r  1523,  blef  pdfamma 
iini  neblagbt.  SSoftrijcffntt  f6:fli)ttabe«  febctmeta  tilt 
©tane.  .    ^ 

ftSSib  n4mnba  trrdctt  boB*  emcHftttb  en  man^J 
ffnftct  blifptt  utgtfno,  titt  t)Viitai  utl^ptftl  kdfnttt 
ansiinbts.  ©Slunba  »ttt  -Historia  S.  Nicolai-,  utglf- 
sen  ttU  mtnne  af  btffop  ««tcolau«  (.^tl^t  ««t(«  ea(- 
lab),  f6rfe6b  rati  rtt  tUtlblab  t  trdfnitt  fjtcfiailanbe 
en  biffop  mtb  tiitia.  Sctta-  fnitt  eot  enfclt  cd} 
vadttt  ffurct.  €tt  par  anbra  trdfnitt,  fern  antinbt* 
tib  bftw  trprterl,  ttwo  Dungfru  aUatta  meb  3efu«- 
biirntt  famt  ett  minbte  ©tea  eapen. 
C  Set  dt  fannolitt,  att  Ulttti  fiAlf  fpfilat  meb  trifnttt*- 
tonften  erf)  utfJtt  ttifnitten  »ib  betta  ttijrfeti.  €ftec 
dt  1527  dtetfinna  \>i  fjcnom  fom  bottturfatc  i  9)}alm6. 
C  ©uftaf  2Bafa,  fom  eat  mpctct  inttefTetab  af  bof- 
trrcfetillcnften,  upptittabe  fiilf  St  1525  „unbet  fpit 
befoftnob"  ett  tti^tteri  i  ©tcctfjclm,  bet  febttmeta  f.  t. 

,-,.,..  .    ;j5C. 


PAGE  FROM       A  HISTORY  OF  SWEDISH  WOODCUTS."     ORNAMENTS 
BY     ARTUR     SAHLE'N.  PRINTED     BY      NORSTEDT    UND     80NER 


243 


reforeningen  "  (Swedish  Printers'  Society),  which  worked  for  the 
estabHshment  of  the  Museum  of  Industrial  Art  in  Stockholm  and  the 
Technical  School  for  Industrial  Art  in  Gothenburg.  In  a  number  of 
ways,  through  artistic  advertisements  and  articles  in  the  trade  papers, 
he  tried  to  prepare  the  ground  for  a  higher  standard  in  the  printing- 
trade  generally,  and  his  distinct  practical  outlook  made  his  efforts 
eminently  successful.  Jtf  Lately  in  Sweden  the  common  feature  in 
the  aims  for  developing  the  art  of  the  book  has  been  the  accentuation 
of  the  national  character.  The  difficulties  have  here  been  considerable. 
As  yet  we  do  not  possess  a  fount  designed  by  a  Swedish  artist,  but 
the  types  we  have  are  founded  on  an  old  predilection  for  the  Roman 
type.  Already  in  1550  the  Roman  type  had  been  introduced  into 
Sweden.  During  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  Swedish 
taste  was  concentrated  upon  Dutch  and  French  models.  The  Roman 
type  which  is  now  used  in  Sweden,  and  which  is  cut  in  Hamburg,  sug- 
gests Caslon's  somewhat  modernized  type.  It  is  called  "  Medieval- 
Roman,"  and  has  many  advantages,  is  easy  to  read,  and  has  an  unassum- 
ing simplicity.  The  light  tone  may  perhaps  sometimes  seem  mono- 
tonously grey.  English  readers  will  certainly  find  its  resemblance  to  the 
English  type,  but  will  also  easily  discover  the  differences.  M  It  is  char- 
acteristic of  Swedish  printing  that  it  appears  to  best  advantage  and  is 
most  personal  in  publications  of  an  occasional  character  intended  for  a 
select  public.  The  rest  of  the  productions  are  on  a  considerably  lower 
level.  To  English  and  French  tastes  our  belies  lettres  show  an  astonishing 
lack  of  typographical  unity.  There  is  a  great  variety  in  the  sizcand  make- 
up, and  also  various  many-coloured  paper  covers,  both  of  good  and  bad 
style,  are  used.  However,  an  improvement  has  occurred  in  the  last  few 
years,  a  quieter  taste  has  manifested  itself.  A  good  step  forward  is  the 
excellent  publication  of  Swedish  classics  issued  by  the  "  Svenska  Vit- 
terhetssamfundet  "  (the  Swedish  Literature  Society),  and  printed  at 
Albert  Bonnier's  works.  Here  a  severe  and  pure  style  is  combined  with 
exquisite  material,  and  great  care  is  bestowed  upon  the  typography.  An 
undertaking  like  this  would  be  a  credit  to  any  country.  In  equally  good 
style  is  the  Swedish  edition  of  Olaus  Magnus's  "  Historia  de  Gentibus 
Septentrionalibus, "published  by  another  society, the  "Michaelisgillet" 
(the  Michael  Guild).  It  was  written  about  1550  by  the  last  Catholic 
Archbishop  of  Sweden,  who  was  one  of  the  greatest  travellers  and  most 
interesting  writers  of  the  Renaissance.  The  text  is  illustrated  by  old 
woodcuts,  which  had  been  carried  out  according  to  Olaus  Magnus's 
own  designs.  Two  volumes  of  this  splendid  work  have  been  printed  by 
Almqvistand  Wiksell,  Uppsala.  Jff  In  a  similar  manner  the  great  Handi- 
craft Exhibition  at  Stockholm  in  1 909  produced  four  Swedish  classics  ; 
they  were  given  as  prizes  in  a  lottery.  These  four  books  were  arranged  and 
244 


printed  by  tour  different  firms,  an  achievement  which  could  not  have 
been  accompHshed  ten  years  earlier.  Jff  This  general  survey  of  the  art  of 
the  book  during  the  last  decades  would  be  incomplete  if  it  did  not  men- 
tion a  printing  firm  which,  through  its  good  typography,  now  occupies  a 
prominent  position.  The  two  brothers  Hugo  and  Carl  Lagerstromhave 
bestowed  a  great  deal  of  labour  on  trying  to  attain  a  higher  level  in  print- 
ing. They  learnttheirtradein  Germany, England, and  France, andworked 
for  some  years — one  in  Stockholm,  the  other  in  Copenhagen — before 
they  founded  the  Lagcrstrom  Brothers  printing  firm  in  1903.  They 
have  also  taken  a  prominent  part  in  the  arts  and  crafts  movement  gene- 
rally. They  started  a  paper  called  tht  Nordisk  Boktryckarkonst  (Northern 
Art  of  Printing),  and  founded  two  societies,  one  of  which  is  the  above- 
mentioned"  Michaelisgillet."  Dr.  IsakCollijn,adistinguishedlibrarian, 
was  the  third  founder.  Jff  The  first  book  Lagerstrom  Brothers  printed 
was  a  kind  of  typographical  prospectus.  Among  the  eight  volumes  by 
August  Strindberg  there  is  a  chemical  work  called  "  Antibarbarus." 
This  book  was  decorated  by  a  young  artist,  Artur  Sjogren,  who  is  a 
book-decorator  with  a  profound  knowledge  of  old  Swedish  typography. 
The  book  was  printed  in  a  small  choice  edition  on  hand-made  paper,  and 
four  pages  are  shown  here  (pp.  249  to  252).  Since  then  Lagerstrom 
Brothers  have  published  nu- 
merous large  and  small 
books,alway  s  for  a  more  lim- 
ited public,  but  at  a  price 
which  only  slightly  exceeds 
the  ordinary  book-prices. 
Their  productions  express 
the  same  ideas  of  compro- 
mise that  theEnglishMedici 
Society  is  striving  for.  Jff  The 
bibliophilepublic  in  Sweden 
leans  towards  the  old  books, 
and  would  not  support  a  real 
aristocratic  book  -  business 
on  new  lines  and  with 
modern  aims.  Lagerstrom 
Brothers,  however,  have 
printed  some  of  the  most 
beautiful  Swedish  books, 
with  and  without  decora- 
tion :  a  couple  of  historical 
memoirs  from  the  time  of 
Charles  XII;  a  series  of  small 


FORTAALET  ELLER  INGANG: 

een  allmenneligh  practica  eller  vader- 
book/  effter  the  gamble  och  vijse 

ALBERTI,  ALKINDI,  MALI,  OCH  PTOLOMEI  LAR- 
DOM;  STAD2E  VARANDES  AhR  IFRA  AhR 


ET  AR  ITT  VIST  OCH  SANT  ORDSPRAK 
som  allmeent  sSyes  Dhet  ar  ten  godh 
Van  som  vanrar  een  annan  fOr  Olyckan 
och  Skadan  fOr  an  den  kommer.  Ther- 
fore  ar  een  gladh  och  godh  tlende  vfti 
'  ■, '  vard/  at  man  henne  fbrkunnar,  Effter  thct 
i*^  alia  Practjkor  och^ProphetJer/  icke  alle- 
nast  are  skriffne  aff  then  Helge  Andes  uppenbarelse/ uthan 
och  andre/  hvjlket  een  part  eendels  afTlSng  HimmelensLopp/ 
aff  Planeternes  och  andra  Stiemors  beskSdelse/  och  een  part 
eendels  aff  ISng  Forfahrenheet/  aff  Himmelens  Tackn  och 
m&nga  Omstandigheeter  are  uthdragne  och  bcgrundade/flre 
ther  fdrordnat  och  i  varcket  stalte/  at  vij  dher  aff  om  Lycko 
och  olycko  om/  Vader  och  Ovader  tilfflrenne  eller  framfOre 
ath  medh  goda  tiender  och  sann  Budhskap  undervijste/skulje 
vamade  varda/  och  sS  stadze  och  altijdh  om  Lycko  och  Olycko 
ffirorsakas  at  fruchta  och  troo  den  alzmachtige  gode  Gudh. 
iSa  ar  thet  rati  och  tilbflrligit/  ja  Christeligh  KSrleek  och 
Plicht  fordrar  thet  ock  si  medh  sigh/  at  man  gladcligh  och 
medh  Tacksayelse  anammar  alia  Praktiker  eller  Prophetier/ 
sora  are  genom  then  H  Anda  tillkenna  giffne/  jemval  aff  an- 
drom/  bade  konstrijke  naturlige  Stiemokikare/  och  andre 


PAGE     FROM        BONDE-PRACTICA."       INITIAL    LETTER     BY    LEON 
WELAMSON.        PRINTED    BY    BRODERNA-LAGERSTROM 


245 


books  selected  from  old  Swedish  literature  ;  and  finally,  a  reprint  of  a 
book  which  certainly  has  no  equivalent  in  English  literature,  but 
which  all  the  same  would  probably  have  some  interest  for  an  English 
public.  The  title  is  "Bonde-practica,"  and  it  is  a  kind  of  text-book  for 
peasants  in  nature-study  and  hygiene,  partly  written  in  verse.  The 
book  was  published  for  the  first  time  in  1662.  It  is  a  collection  of 
observations  founded  on  the  theories  of  astrology,  and  told  with  much 
humour.  This  book  reveals  the  Swedish  outlook  on  life  and  the 
education  of  the  people  in  olden  times.  Leon  Wclamson,  a  young 
artist,  has  made  for  the  new  edition  of  this  curious  old  book  some 
simple  and  vigorous  illustrations,  which  without  being  imitations  are 
executed  in  the  old  style.  It  is  a  masterpiece  of  Swedish  typography. 
M  Book  illustrations  and  decoration  play  an  important  part  in  the 
modern  art  of  the  book.  Illustrated  books  have  always  been  popular, 
and  many  of  our  best  artists  of  to-day  began  their  careers  as  illustra- 
tors. Carl  Larsson  is  a  typical  Swedish  illustrator  and  a  distinguished 
painter.  He  illustrates,  in  colour  or  black-and-white,  his  own  text. 
But  he  belongs  to  an  older  school  in  so  far  as  he  does  not  pay  so  much 
attention  to  the  claims  of  decoration.  OUe  Hjortzberg  is  a  compara- 
tively young  artist.  He  is  in  part  influenced  by  the  modern  English 
school  of  book  decorators,  and  has  done  work  that  would  satisfy  even 
the  most  exacting  critics.  He  has  acquired  an  extraordinary  mastery 
over  the  early  Christian  language  ot  symbols,  and  has  in  his  books  used 
it  in  an  ornamental  manner  with  great  success.   At  present  he  is  engaged 

on  a  richly  decorated  "  State  "  Bible, 
("GustavV'sBible,")agiganticun- 
dertaking,  in  which  both  artist  and 
printer  hope  to  surpass  themselves 
(p.  248).  M  While  Olle  Hjortz- 
berg and  Artur  Sjogren  are  more 
closely  attached  to  the  technique 
of  the  book,  Einar  Nerman,one  of 
the  youngest  Swedish  artists,  is 
more  independent.  He  has  illus- 
trated several  children's  books  and 
has  done  some  caricatures.  There 
is  a  touchof  therococoinhisdraw- 
ing,  and  elegance  combined  with  a 
bold  wit  whichprovessome  French 
influence.  His  curving  lines  bring 
forth  a  *' roguishness"  that  is  un- 
paralleled in  Swedish  art,  and  can 


SVERIGES  HMJKOR 

KON-STMI5TORI5KT  [NVENTIARIUM 

MED  5TdD  AV  WWUT  MIST-  O  ANTr  AnADl 
UTOIVErr  AV,5IQURD  CURMAN 

ocn  JOMNNrvaoosv^L 


NASTERGOTLAND 

BAND  I    r-(AFTI 

tVi\LLAND5  riARAD 

NOHQA  DEIXN 

BEAfiBET  AV 

CFUOILft 


PAPER    COVER    PRINTED     BY     N0R8TEDT    UNO    SONER       COHipare        With       thC       bCSt      lOreigU 
246 


examples.  The  illustrations  to  the  well-known  tale  by  Hans  Andersen, 
"  Peter  the  Swineherd  "  (p.  256),  are  purely  original.  JS"  Finally,  a  few 
words  regarding  modern  Swedish  bookbinding.  Our  productions  have, 
from  the  sixteenth  century  up  to  the  present  time,  followed  sometimes 
German  and  sometimes  French  models  ;  during  certain  periods,  how- 
ever, our  craftsman  have  produced  work  important  and  original  enough 
to  be  called  "  Swedish."  The  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  especially 
was  a  flourishing  age  for  the  art  of  bookbinding.  A  hundred  years  later 
the  art  began  to  lose  its  value  and  importance,  but  before  many  decades 
had  passed  the  first  sign  of  an  upward  tendency  was  noticed.  It  was 
in  1886,  when  Gustaf  Hedberg  returned  from  Paris  and  London  where 
he  had  been  studying  for  a  long  time.  He  has  designed  and  carried 
out  numerous  bindings,  and  has  been  especially  successful  in  attaining 
a  rich  effect  by  small  means.  His  ingenuity  and  ability  in  giving  even 
toasimple  binding  an  original  character  are  qualities  associated  with  the 
great  craftsmen  ofall  time.  J^The  Countess  Eva  Sparre,;?/d'Mannerheim, 
is  at  present  our  leading  artist  in  bookbinding, in  the  sense  that  the  work 
is  entirely  her  own,  independent  of  traditional  style  and  original  in  com- 
position, in  execution,  and  especially  in  colour-effects.  She  has  not 
executed  a  great  number  of  bindings,  but  they  are  all  distinguished  by 
individual  character,  very  modest  in  their  ornamentation,  and  exquisite 
in  the  use  of  the  materials.  Miss  Greta  Morssing,  who  has  chiefly 
studied  the  modern  English  tooled  work,  is  also  an  accomplished 
exponent  of  the  art. 


INITIAL  LETTERS  DESIGNED   BY  ARTUR  SJOGREN 


247 


»»>*»»^«»»»»» 


^♦•****»**»*»>*»****»»*  ■  '■  *  ■ ^-1  r  •  ■  1  111  -11  iTfttt>>f<nit>|i^^^^^jj 


HALF-TITLElPAOE   FROM   QUSTAV  V'S   BIBLE.     DESIGNED   BY 
OLLE    HJORTZBERO.  PRINTED  BY   BRODERNA    LAOERSTRQM 


248 


^MSVAFLETSNATUR 

|sASOM  FOSSILT  HARZ 
iuTTRYCKT  I  FORMELN 
CH*.0=CH'.HO=CH^H*0 

TILL  SVAFLETS  ONTOGENI 
ELLER  HARLEDNINGSHISTORIA 

AN  VID* 

hiller  att 

Svaflet  ar 

ett  element 

ochdijag 

frSgarhvad 

manmenar 

inedettel& 

ment,  sva« 

ras:  —  en 

-  kroppsom 

annu  icke 

'ar  sonderdelad.  Man  definierar  silunda 

med  en  negation  och  definiticnen  ar  sSlvai* 

da  vardelos  likasom  begreppet  element. 

CCJag  p&stod  daremot  mcd  en  viss  be* 

starndlict  att  Svaflet  var  ett  sammansatt 


amne  af  analog  konstitution  med  ett  fos* 
silt  Harz,  ett  Mineralharz,  ett  Brandharz, 
med  ett  crd:  att  Harz  silimda  innehoUe 
Kol,  Vate,  Syre  eller  var  ett  CHO  utan 
att  jag  vUle  dtaga  mig  bestamma  for* 
eningens  proportioner.  Och  d&  man  ut# 
fcrdrade  mig  att  framlagga  Kolet,  Vatet 
och  Syret  svarade  jag:  vi  tro  ej  p4  den 
absoluta  idendteten  utan  noja  oss  med 
analogier  ledande  till  hog  grad  af  sanno« 
likhet.  !  min,egenskap  af  Aristoteles  lUtf 
junge  tror jag  icke  sk  mycket  pi  kroppar* 
nas  konsdtudva  olikheter  utan  mera  pi 
egenskapemas  differenser  under  vissa 
gifna  fbrutsattningar.  I  min  egenskap  af 
monist  har  jag  tills  vidare  bundit  mig 
vid  antagandet  att  alia  &mnen  och  alia 
krafter  aro  forvandta  och  om  de  aro  har^ 
ledda  ur  ettjde  uppstitt  genom  fortatning 
och  fbrtunning,  genom  kopuladon  och 
korsning,  genom  arf  och  omvandling, 
genom  urval  och  kamp,  addition  och  subs 
stitudon  och  hvad  mera  man  viU  foresli, 
men  att  jag  darvid  ej  si  strangt  antagit 
den  lagbundna  ordmngen,  andamilsens: 
ligheten  och  dylika  svafvande  begrepp, 
hvilka  jag  dock  fortfarande  skuUe  vilja 


PAGE     FROM    AUGUST    STRINDBERQ'S     "  ANTIBARBARUS,"    WITH    DECO- 
RATIONS   BY   ARTUR  SJOGREN.     PRINTED  BY    BRODSRNA   LAQERSTROM 


PAGE     FROM     AUQUST     STRINOBEROS      *   ANTIBARBARU9.'     WITH    DECO- 
RATIONS   BY    ARTUR    8JOQREN.     PRINTED    BY    BRODERNA    LAQERSTROM 


OM  SVAFLETS  NATUR 


hiUa  svStvande  tills  begreppen  blifvit 
fullt  utredda,  eller  hvad  battre  ar,  af# 
lagsnade  ur  terminologien. 

AG  ATERVANDER 
nu  till  Svafletoch  staller 
upp  min  posid  va  analogi 
med  ett  harz  emot  den 
ipoetiska  eller  metafy* 
siska  liknelsen  med  in« 

terimsbegreppet  element,  interims  erne* 

dan  man  tillagger  de  viktiga  orden » annu 

icke>  till  ordet  sonderdeladt. 

CCUkasom  ett  Harz,  CHO,  Jir  Svafiet 

vid  vanlig  temperatur: 

Kristallinskt  eller  amorft; 

Smaltbart; 

Oldsb'gt  i  vatten ; 

Losligt  i  Kolsvafla,Terpentin,  kolvaten 
etc.; 

Brannbart; 

Icke  ledare  af  elektridtet; 

Negativt  elektriskt  genom  gnidning; 

Smak-  och  lukdost; 

Sprodt; 

GifVer  s)rror  (Bemstenssyra,  Sylvius? 
syra); 

Gifver  med  alkalier  Harsdpor  (ssSvafvel; 
lefrar); 

Gifver  som  syror  Salter  med  metalloxi* 
der,  dar  Vatet  substitueras  af  metallen. 

dNu  mdste  dessa  likheter  tagas  med  ett 

visst  ofverseende,  ty  det  finnes  luktaiide 

harzer  och  icke  luktande,  kristalliniska 

och  amorfa,  och  Svaflet  sjalft  ar  en  sidan 

kameleont  att  det  endast  kan  i  ett  visst 

gifvet  moment  gfripas  och  stailas  infor 

jamfbrelseprismat. 

ICMen  jag  g&t  vidare:  vi  veta  att  bar? 


zema  tillhora  en  naturligfamilj  som  b6r« 
jar  med  de  atheriska  oljoma,  stiacker 
sig  ofver  terpentineroch  camphrar  samt 
stortar  i  andra  sidan  ner  till  Kautschuck 
och  Guttapercha.  De  atheriska  oljoma 
aro  ju  kolvaten,  hvilka  uppgifvas  lukta 
genom  sin  storre  vatehalt,  d&  syrerika 
anses  lukta  mindre.  Och  de  hafva  alia,  lik* 
som  Terpentinoljan  och  Linoljan  egen* 
skapen  att  forharzas  genom  uptagande 
afSyre. 

fiCJag  satter  digeln  ofver  elden  och  liter 
Svafiet  smalta.  Detflyter  bemstens-gult 
vid  11^  och  nu  forst  luktar  det,  men  ej  af 
Svafvel  utan  af  Terpentin  eller  Harz  nar# 
mast  dockBonvax  (=Vax  ochTerpeintin). 
Temperaturen  stiger,  fargen  g&r  ut&t 
spektrums  roda  anda,  och  blir  orange, 
passerar  hastigt  det  roda,  sft  hastigt  att 
orange  lagger  ag  pi  det  roda  och  ger 
blandfargen  rodbrunt  vid  i6o".  En  for* 
tatnining,  om  kemisk  eller  fysisk,  eller 
bida,  har  agt  rum  och  nu  framtrader.  en 
campherlukt.  Nar  jjag  forsta  gingen  ob# 
serverade  detta,  trodde  jag  ej  mitt  kanske 
aldsta  och  kanske  d^or  finast  utveck^ 
lade  sinne,  utan  tiUksllade  min  labora« 
torielarare,  hvilken,  jag  sager  det  till 
hans  heder,  konstaterade  faktum,  och 
det  utan  att  han  ville  forringa  vardet  af 
min  iakttagelse  gi^om  att  tala  om  ibr^ 
oreningar.  Och  jag  har  sedan  flerfaldiga 
ginger  upprepat  forsoket  i  narvaro  af 
trovardiga  vittnen. 

©IHvad  har  nil  skett  med  Svaflsti  digeln? 
En  ling  historia  som  har  i  fdrkortning  kan 
uttryckas  si,  dock  med  starka  reservai? 
tioner.  Af  varmen  dissorierades  Svafiet 
och  blef  ett  annu  tamligen  syrerikt  Harz, 


PAGE   FROM  AUGUST  STRINDBERGS       ANTIBARBARUS."  WITH    INITIAL 
LETTER   BY  ARTUR  SJOGREN.     PRINTED  BY   BRODERNA   LAQERSTROM 


het  ledes  ofver  glGdajide  kol,  man  ftr 
Kolsyra;  men  om  man  leder  svafvelingor 
ofver  glodande  kol,  ftr  man  Kolsvafla. 
Ofver  Kolsvaflans  natur  kampades  bio; 
digt  fore  midten  af  detta  irhundrade,  och 
redan  lingt  fore  trodde  Lampadius  att 
Kolsvaflan  bestod  af  Svafvel  och  Vate. 
Om  han  sagt  Kol  och  Vate  hade  jag  haft 
stod  for  min  mening  att 
Kolsvaflan  ar  ett  kolvate 
aiialogt  med  Benzoht^ 
tl  HvarfbrjagtrorattKol* 
svaflan  ar  en  benzol  ?  Dar# 
lor  att  jag  tror  Svaflet  be* 
stil  af  Kol,  Vate  och  Syre, 
finner  jag  det  ytterst  lo* 
giskt  att  nir  svafvelingor 
(icke  Svafvelsyrlighet!) 
ledas  ofver  glodande  kol, 
dessa  dngor  miste  berof? 
vas  sitt  Syre  och  bli  frin 
CHOettCH  (harzemas 
sonderdelningsprodukter 
tillhora  ju  mest  benzolse* 
rien!).  Och  nar  Kolsvaflan 
besitter  nastan  alia  en  ben* 
zols  egenskaper,  finner  jag  mig  beratti* 
gad  godkanna  antagandet.  Absolut  ren 
Kolsvafla  ar  svafvelfri,  luktar  atheriskt, 
behagligt  (mark  val)  som  Benzol;  haren 
mycket  lilg  kokpimkt,  ir  ytterst  latt  an^ 
Uindlig,  ar  oloslig  i  vatten,  Ur  starkt  ljus# 
bry  tande,  loser  harzer,  fetter,  olja,  Kaut^ 
schuk,  Svafvel  etc.  alldeles  som  Benzol. 
Ja  dess  fy  siologiska  verkningararo  afven 
desamma ,  dd  dess  4ngor  ger  s  vindel ,  kon* 
gestioner ,  krakningar  etc.  (se  Eulenberg: 
Gewerbeliygiene)  alldeles  som  Benzol. 
a  Ur  oren  Kolsvafla  falles  Svafvel  i  sol* 


L,  Mark  hirtill  att  Benzolens, 
C«  H«,  atomsumma  ar  77,82 
under  det  Kolsvaflans  ar 
75,93.  Hur  skall  jag krangla 
mig  ur  detta,  utan  att  vald; 
fbra  siflTror?  Jo,  Benzolen  bar 
en  kama,  som  upptrader  vid 
olika  substitutionstilUallen, 
och  denna  heter  Ce  H4  samt 
bar  Kolsvaflans  atomsumma 
(molekularvikt)  75,83.  Ocb 
nar  den  upptrader  i  barzer* 
nas  sonderdelningsproduks 
terResorcin,Pbtalsyra  etc., 
si  synes  Kolsvaflan  slsom 
en  Svaflets  sonderdeinings:: 
produkt  hjalpa  mig  betyd; 
ligt  vid  bevisandet  af  Svaf* 
lets  analogi  med  ett  harzl 


Ijuset,  det  vet  jag,  men  skulle  afven  Svaf* 
vel  fallas  ur  ren  Kolsvafla,  di  ar  jag  nbd* 
sakad  tillgripa  sisom  nbdfallsforklaring 
min  fdrsoksteori  om  ancestrala  energUr, 
hvilken  jag  velat  spara  till  ett  senate 
bref,  men  nu  finner  ridligast  presentera 
och  si  formulera:  Kropparsom  engSng 
utgjort  komposanter  i  en  forening  bi* 
behilla  foreningsenergien 
afven  sAsom  skilda. 
CL  Exempel:  —  Antag  att 
Svafvel  ar  Kol,  Vate,  Syre 
i  vissa  fbrhAllanden.  Lit 
det  glodande  kolet  disso* 
ciera  dessa  och  borttaga 
Syret,  si  bibeh&lla  i  det  nu 
supponerade  iterstiende 
kolvatet  Kolet  och  Vatet 
sin  arfda  benagenhet  att 
med  ett  nyttSyre,urluften 
hamtadt  till  exempel,  iter 
bilda  Svafvel  och  ej  nigot 
annat  C  O  H,  sisom  Cel* 
lulosa,  Socker,  Starkelse, 
Linolja,  Alkohol  eller  dyl. 
5  CoroUarium :  Darfdr  ar 
Svaflets  ifriga  upptradande  i  djur  och 
vaxtkroppar  beroende  af  en  Svaflets  bild* 
ning  af  Kol,  Vslte  och  Syre,  antingen 
dessa  forr  gjort  sin  metempsykos  i  svaf* 
velsyrade  salter,  vatesvafla  eller  svafvel* 
alkalier  etcetera. 

Jag  har  nu  kommit  si  lingt  att  jag  i 
fjarran  ser  Kolsvaflan  som  ett  kolvate, 
men  miste  bekanna  att  jag  haft  iJgon* 
blick,  di  jag  trott  den  vara  en  alkohol, 
icke  darfdr  att  den  i  farmakop^ema  lange 
kallades  Svafvelalkohol,  utan  af  andra 
grunder.  Hvad  som  passerar  i  det  gl5* 


PAOE     FROM    AUGUST    8TRINDBEr.Q  S     "ANTlBAR- 
BARU8."    PRINTED    BY     BROOERNA     LAOERSTROM 


BOOKBINDING    IN    NIGER    MOROCCO,  WITH    INLAY 
AND   GOLD  TOOLING.      BY   GRETA    MORSSING 


31 


m& 


iERRGARDS-^ 
SAGEI^^ 


T 

^^^■H 

Emm 

BB 

op 

BOOKBINDING    IN      NIGER   MOROCCO,   WITH    INLAY 
AND  GOLD  TOOLING.      BY   GRETA    MORSSING 


BOOKBINDING   IN    RED   MOROCCO,   WITH    INLAY 
AND   GOLD   TOOLING.      BY   GRETA    MORSSING 


BOOKBINDING   IN   TOOLED   LEATHER 
BY   COUNTESS    EVA   SPARRE 


25: 


o 

z 

_1 
o 
o 

I- 


o 
o 

Q 

z 
< 

> 
< 


o 
o 
o 

o 
cc 
o 

u 

_1 

CQ 

z 

o 

z 

Q 

z 

(D 
)^ 
O 

o 

m 


o 

z 
_l 
o 
o 

h 

D 

_l 

o 
o  o 

xS 

t    CO 

5  '^ 

u 

U.    I 

_l 

<  u- 
o< 

Q    (/) 
UJ    3 

IT    O 

Z    ^ 

-  m 

z 

Q 

Z 

m 
:^ 

O 

o 

CD 


254 


o 
o 

h 


o 
o 


< 


5 

o 


o 

2 

Q 

Z 


o 

o 


o 
o 


o 
o 

I 

b  CD 

^  111 

6  tti 

o  Q 

O  llJ 

o  I 

h- 


z 

u 
cc 

O   CD 


CO 

o 
o 

C3 


255 


HEADPIECES  BY  EINAR  NERMAN  FOR  HANS 
ANDERSEN'S  "  PER  SVINAHERDE."  PUBLISHED 
BY   P.  A.   NORSTEDT  UNO  SONER 


256 


AMERICA 


THE  ART  OF  THE  BOOK  IN  AMERICA 
BY  WILLIAM  DANA  ORCUTT 

THE  Art  of  the  Book  in  America  received  a  tremendous  im- 
petus as  a  result  of  the  work  of  William  Morris  in  England. 
Previous  to  that  time  American  printing  showed  no  origi- 
nality, the  finest  examples  being  based  firmly  upon  the  best 
English  work  of  the  period.  The  highest  point  of  excellence 
was  reached  during  the  decade  from  i860  to  1870,  and  no  better  example 
of  orthodox  printing  could  be  cited  than  the  "  Life  of  Prescott,"  pro- 
duced by  the  University  Press  in  1864.  After  1870,  and  down  to  the 
date  of  the  Morris  revival,  well-made  volumes  were  issued  from  the 
University,  the  Riverside  and  the  De  Vinne  Presses,  but  the  average 
quality  deteriorated.  The  transition  of  book-making  from  a  trade  to 
an  art  dates  from  the  appearance  of  the  Kelmscott  volumes.  JS  Naturally 
enough,  the  early  effect  of  the  enthusiasm  over  Morris's  work  was  the 
issuance  of  a  series  of  monstrosities  ;  but  the  very  mistakes  made  by  these 
zealous  typographical  disciples  were  educational,  producing  a  momen- 
tum which  finally  brought  excellent  results.  Those  who  copied  Morris 
failed ;  those  who  were  encouraged  by  his  departure  from  the  beaten 
track  to  think  for  themselves  succeeded  in  retaining  the  basic  principles 
upon  which  the  work  of  the  master  printers  has  always  firmly  rested, 
applying  them  in  the  light  of  modern  conditions,  and  giving  them 
originality  by  their  individual  experiments.  Morris's  work  made  men 
think,  broke  down  the  smugness  of  precedent,  and  enabled  printing  to 
become  an  art.  M  Cobden-Sanderson's  work  accomplished  much  in 
helping  American  printing  to  assume  a  sane  status  after  the  hectic  en- 
thusiasm of  the  Morris  period.  Students  of  typography  came  to  realize 
that  William  Morris  belonged  to  the  great  decorators  rather  than  to  the 
master  printers  ;  that  it  was  his  superb  presswork,  and  the  general  har- 
mony of  the  factors  which  went  into  his  books,rather  than  his  typography 
overloaded  with  design,  which  represented  his  real  contribution  to  the 
making  of  the  Book  Ideal.  When  the  Doves  Press,  in  continuing  Morris's 
work,  substituted  a  more  classical  fount  of  type,  based  upon  an  Italian 
model  of  the  fifteenth  century,  there  was  a  quick  response  in  America 
in  dropping  the  tendency  towards  the  Gothic,  engendered  by  the  type 
faces  cut  by  the  Kelmscott  Press.  During  the  next  ten  years  more 
original  and  better  types  were  cut,  and  volumes  were  produced  which 
carried  printing  as  anart  toahigher  point  thanit  had  previously  attained. 
M  Of  the  types  cut  under  the  so-called  Gothic  influence,  the  "  Renner  " 
of  the  De  Vinne  Press  is  among  the  best.  Theodore  L.  De  Vinne,  whose 
recent  death  removed  the  ^qy^";?  of  American  master  printers,  was  respon- 
sible for  the  well-sustained  reputation  of  his  Press  during  his  active 

259 


association  with  it.  As  a  technical  master  of  typography,  and  in  his 
magnificent  presswork,  he  translated  himself  into  his  books,  but  the 
exactness  of  his  training  is  reproduced  in  his  translation  of  Renner's  design 
into  the  rigidity  of  modern  type.  The  page  which  is  reproduced  here 
(p.  264),  taken  from  one  of  the  many  superb  Grolier  Club  publications 
produced  by  the  De  Vinne  Press,  shows  both  the  Renner  model  and  the 
modern  expression  of  it  as  interpreted  by  Mr.  De  Vinne.  The  oblique 
serif  of  the  f,  the  fancy  curve  to  the  /;,  and  the  superfluous  curl  at  the  top 
of  the  g  introduce  features  which  are  foreign  to  the  model,  and  give  to 
the  modern  type  a  "jobbiness"  which  unquestionably  detracts  from  the 
otherwise  dignified  appearance  of  the  face.  Jiff  The  Gilliss  Press,  whose 
work  is  now  suspended,  has  contributed  its  share  to  the  renaissance  of 
printing  in  America.  Its  limited  editions  of  the  books  of  William 
Loring  Andrews  and  other  volumes  issued  for  private  distribution 
show  excellence  of  workmanship  and  harmony  in  conception  rather 
than  originality  in  treatment.  Instead  of  specially  designed  type,  these 
volumes  are  rich  in  decoration,  the  artistic  quality  of  which  ranks  with 
the  best.  M  At  the  Merrymount  Press,  Mr.  D.  Berkeley  Updike  has 
produced  a  number  of  volumes  which  have  made  their  impress  upon 
American  typography  because  of  his  sincerity  in  carrying  out  his 
announced  purpose  of  "undertaking  the  work  of  to-day  in  the  spirit 
of  the  best  days  of  printing."  Two  special  faces  of  type  have  been 
designed  for  the  Merrymount  Press,  both  of  which  are  among  the 
successful  faces  cut  in  America.  The  "Montallegro"  type,  designed  by 
Herbert  P.  Home,  of  London,  is  used  in  the  volumes  of  the  "Human- 
istic Library,"  issued  by  Mr.  Updike,  of  which  a  page  is  here  given 
(p.  265).  Of  the  type  the  London  Athenceum  says :  "  We  are  inclined  to 
say  not  only  that  it  is  better  than  any  of  the  many  attempts  which  have 
resulted  from  Morris's  revival  of  the  art  of  printing,  but  also  that  it  is 
even  more  perfect  than  any  of  the  fifteenth-century  founts  on  the  study 
of  which  that  revival  was  based.  It  is  .  .  .  absolutely  without  affecta- 
tion .  .  .  and  so  perfectly  are  the  proportions  of  the  letters  harmonized 
that  every  page  is  a  thing  of  beauty.  We  regret  that  it  was  reserved  for 
an  American  printer  to  bring  out  such  an  admirable  fount.  ...  It  is 
the  first  time  that  a  fount  has  been  designed  in  modern  times  which 
satisfies  at  once  practical  and  icsthetic  demands.  Mr.  Home  has  solved 
a  problem  which  has  exercised  us  ever  since  we  began  to  think  again 
that  printing  was  an  art."  jff  The  "Merrymount"  type,  designed  by 
Bertram  Grosvenor  Goodhue,  is  based  upon  fifteenth-century  models, and 
has  attracted  much  favourable  comment.  The  "Holy  Bible"  and  the 
"Life  of  Benvenuto  Cellini,"  from  which  pages  are  here  reproduced 
(p.  269),  are  representative  examples  both  of  the  type  and  of  the  typo- 
graphical standards  of  the  Press.  3&  The  writer  of  this  present  article 
260 


would  hesitate  to  include  his  own  design  of"  Humanistic  "  type  except 
that  it  has  come  to  be  accepted  by  typographical  students  as  represent- 
ing an  approach  to  the  art  from  a  standpoint  entirely  different  from 
that  of  other  designers.  The  first  types  were  naturally  based  upon  the 
best  hand-lettering  of  their  time,  yet  hand-lettering,  as  an  art,  reached 
its  zenith  after  printing  began,  in  the  work  of  the  Humanistic  scribes. 
This  type  is  based  therefore  not  upon  an  early  type,  but  upon  hand- 
lettering  at  its  highest  point  of  perfection.  The  pages  which  are 
shown  here  (pp.  266  and  267)  have  been  taken  from  "The  Triumphs 
of  Francesco  Petrarch,"  produced  at  the  University  Press  under  the 
writer's  supervision.  An  examination  of  these  pages  will  show  that 
the  principle  upon  which  the  fount  is  cut  differs  radically  from  that 
shown  in  regular  modern  types,  namely,  the  ascending  letters  are  short 
and  the  descending  letters  long.  The  designs  of  the  letters  closely  follow 
those  of  the  handwritten  model,  yet  avoid  the  inevitable  slight  irregu- 
larity of  such  work,  which  would  prove  unpleasant  in  a  printed  page. 
Instead  of  a  single  character  for  each  letter,  a  certain  variety  is  intro- 
duced by  having  several  characters,  the  compositor  being  trained  to  use 
the  different  forms  exactly  as  the  hand  would  automatically  make  a 
change  in  hand-lettering.  Charles  Eliot  Norton  says  of  this  :  "  Most 
modern  type  lacks  freshness  and  individuality,  and  the  new  fount  to 
which  the  name  'Humanistic '  has  been  given  shows  its  contrast  to  the 
familiar  dry,  mechanical  form.  There  is  attractive  freedom  and  unusual 
grace  in  its  lines,  derived  immediately  from  the  manuscript  model,  but 
adapted  to  the  necessary  rigid  requirements  of  print."  M  Among  other 
important  volumes  produced  at  the  University  Press  are  those  decorated 
by  Bertram  Grosvenor  Goodhue  and  Will  Bradley,  two  artists  whose 
work  in  book-decoration  stands  in  a  class  by  itself.  Much  of  Goodhue's 
work  reflects  the  Morris  influence,  as  will  be  seen  in  the  page  shown 
from  "Esther"  (p.  268) ;  but  his  ability  in  original  design  is  indicated 
by  the  border  and  initial  of  the  "  Songs  of  Heredia,"  which  is  given  on 
the  same  page.  M  Bradley's  work  evidences  the  greatest  versatility  of 
any  decorative  artist  America  has  produced.  Some  of  his  work  shows 
Beardsley's  influence,  but  no  single  influence  could  control  so  original 
a  genius  as  Bradley  has  proved  himself  to  be.  The  two  examples  repro- 
duced here  (pp.  270  and  271)  represent  the  extremes  in  his  work — one 
drawn  with  a  delicacy  and  accuracy  of  line  which  is  marvellous  in  its 
execution  ;  the  other  bold  and  heavy,  giving  a  woodcut  effect.  M  No 
one  artist-printer  has  contributed  so  much  to  American  typography  as 
Bruce  Rogers,  whose  "  Montaigne  "  type  is  easily  the  best  and  most 
practical  of  any  special  face,  and  whose  productions  while  associated 
with  the  Riverside  Press  are  marked  by  an  originality  and  a  con- 
sistency of  excellence  beyond  what  has  been  attained  by  any  other 

261 


American  printer.  He,  better  than  anyone  else,  through  his  knowledge 
of  types  and  his  skill  as  a  designer,  has  given  expression  to  the 
basic  principles  of  the  old-time  master  printers  awakened  by  modern 
conditions.  His  monumental  folio  edition  of  Montaigne — pages  of 
which  are  reproduced  here  (pp.  272  and  273) — demonstrates  a  harmony 
of  effect  eminently  appropriate  to  the  style  and  period  of  its  contents. 
The  type  itself  is  based  upon  an  early  French  model,  and  the  decora- 
tions and  the  initial  letters  (p.  274)  are  free  renderings  by  Rogers  of 
the  original  designs  by  Tory,  in  which  the  retention  of  the  designer's 
spirit  is  admirably  accomplished.  Jff  During  the  past  five  years  the 
Plimpton  Press  has  contributed  much  to  elevate  the  standard  of  print- 
ing and  binding  by  abolishing  to  a  large  extent  the  prevalent  custom 
of  publishers  to  produce  their  volumes  by  "  piecemeal."  This  has 
resulted  in  changing  the  making  of  books  from  a  contracting  to  a 
manufacturing  business,  and  has  had  its  effect  in  raising  the  quality  of 
the  so-called  "  trade  "  volumes.  When  the  composition,  presswork, 
and  binding  of  a  book  are  divided  up  among  as  many  firms,  the  result  of 
the  divided  responsibility  often  means  a  general  deterioration  of  quality ; 
but  by  the  "  complete  manufacture  "  method  the  volume  is  planned 
out  in  advance,  even  to  the  paper,  cover  design,  and  illustrations,  by  a 
single  mind.  This  places  the  printer  in  the  position  of  expert  manufac- 
turing man  to  a  large  number  of  his  customers,  and  enables  him  to  pre- 
serve standards  and  to  introduce  economies  by  purchasing  supplies  in 
largerquantities,and  by  combining  forms  of  text  and  illustrations  in  the 
manufacture,  jff  The  influence  which  a  publisher  can  exert  upon  the 
Art  of  the  Book  is  shown  by  the  series  of  classics  issued  in  exquisite 
form  by  Mr.  Thomas  B.  Mosher,  at  prices  within  the  reach  of  all.  These 
volumes  are  distinct  evidences  of  his  own  taste  and  knowledge  rather 
than  triumphs  of  the  printer,  for  Mr.  Mosher  has  expressed  himself  in 
the  type,  margins,  paper,  and  the  general  foi^mat  of  his  admirable  publi- 
cations, iff  It  would  be  difficult  to  estimate  the  far-reaching  results 
in  the  general  advance  in  typographical  standards  due  to  two  maga- 
zines, T/ie  Printing  Art  and  The  Graphic  Arts.  The  monthly  issues  of 
these  publications  have  shown  ordinary  printers  how  to  produce  work 
above  the  average  by  placing  before  them  actual  examples  of  the  best 
combinations  of  type,  paper,  and  colour  harmonies.  They  have  been 
educational  in  the  extreme,  teaching  buyers  of  printing  as  well  as 
printers  how  to  secure  the  effects  desired.  ^  In  the  matter  of  domestic 
production  America  shows  little  originality  in  book-papers,  the  "  Old 
Stratford  "  being  the  only  distinctive  exception.  No  hand-made  book- 
paper  is  now  produced  in  America,  owing  principally  to  the  high  cost 
of  labour.  This  makes  it  possible  to  import  from  England,  France,  and 
Italy  cheaper  than  to  manufacture  at  home.  The  "  Old  Stratford  "  paper, 
262 


however,  is  a  unique  product,  and  is  used  much  in  volumes  oi  de  luxe 
format,  and  in  books  where  lasting  qualities  are  demanded.  In  cover- 
papers,  on  the  other  hand,  America  produces  a  bewildering  line,  which 
quite  excels  those  of  other  countries,  offering  a  variety  of  selection 
which  is  a  tremendous  aid  to  the  printer  in  securing  artistic  results. 
jff  Fine  bookbinding  in  America  is  at  present  confined  to  a  small 
number  of  individual  workers,  mostly  pupils  of  the  famous  English  and 
French  binders,  and  their  principal  claim  to  originality  of  processes  may 
be  said  to  be  an  effort  to  combine  the  workmanship  of  the  English  with 
the  artistic  skill  in  decoration  of  the  French.  The  Club  Bindery,  which 
flourished  in  New  York  during  the  lifetime  of  Mr.  Robert  Hoe,  could 
scarcely  be  called  an  American  institution,  as  its  best  workmen  were 
brought  to  this  country  for  this  special  purpose.  Since  his  death  this 
bindery  has  been  broken  up,  and  the  finest  work  is  to-day  being  done 
by  women.  Their  skill  and  workmanship  rank  high,  but  they  are 
handicapped  by  the  excessive  cost  of  labour  and  by  the  fact  that  all 
their  leathers  must  be  imported.  The  inevitable  higher  price  makes  it 
natural  that  American  book-collectors  should  continue  to  send  their 
volumes  abroad  for  fine  bindings.  Amongst  those  whose  work  is  most 
highly  prized  may  be  mentioned  Miss  Sears  and  Miss  St.  John  of 
Boston,  and  Miss  Lahey  of  New  York.  M  In  ordinary  trade  bindings  the 
processes  are  more  and  more  reduced  to  machine  production,  but  in  the 
best  binderies  this  standardization  has  by  no  means  proved  a  deteriora- 
tion in  quality.  American  trade  books  as  a  whole  compare  favourably 
with  those  of  other  countries,  but  it  is  quite  true  that  the  constantly 
increasing  cost  of  every  phase  of  book  manufacture  is  in  some  instances 
causing  American  publishers  to  economize,  and  to  accept  a  grade  of 
work  inferior  to  what  they  would  have  considered  a  few  years  ago. 
This,  however,  should  not  be  regarded  as  a  reflection  upon  American 
workmanship,  but  rather  upon  American  conditions  which  force  it.  In 
cover  design  plain  lettering  still  obtains  for  books  of  fiction  and  for 
serious  works,  but  considerable  elaboration  is  used  upon  smaller  volumes 
issued  as  seasonable  publications,  or  with  a  specific  appeal.  A  few 
characteristic  examples  are  reproduced  on  pp.  275  and  276.  J^  It  is  im- 
possible, within  the  scope  of  this  article,  to  do  more  than  chronicle 
some  of  the  results  of  the  remarkable  advance  made  in  the  standards  of 
book-manufacturing  in  America  during  the  past  ten  years.  The  know- 
ledge of  what  constitutes  a  well-made  volume  is  much  greater  than  ever 
before,  and  the  ability  of  the  buying  public  to  discriminate  is  the  most 
hopeful  promise  for  the  future.  In  the  omission  of  other  examples  of 
printing  and  binding,  and  of  mention  of  other  artists  entitled  to  credit 
for  the  part  they  have  played  in  advancing  the  Art  of  the  Book  in 
America,  the  writer  pleads  the  limitations  imposed  by  space. 

263 


Note 


8  COLOPHONS  IN  METRE 

and  set  his  colophon  entirely  in  capital  letters.  To 
call  attention  to  the  information  in  this  colophon 
he  put  a  broad  blank  between  each  line  so  that  the 
composition  should  have  a  proper  relief  of  white 
space  and  be  made  more  readable. 

Here  it  may  be  remarked  that  Jensen's  beautiful 
roman  type  could  be  used  to  advantage  only  in  large 
and  high-priced  books  which  were  slow  of  sale.  To 
insure  a  readier  sale  for  subsequent  books  he,  and 
Franz  Renner  too,  had  to  print  them  upon  new  types, 


Kubert^s  celeber  finxit  non  parua  mfnorum 
Gloria  me  fratrum  Paulo  regnante  fecudo. 
8  Quarto  fed  Sixto  uenics  HalbriJna  alemanus 

Francifcus  formis  ueneta  me  prefiit  in  urbe 
Mille  quadringentJS  6c  feptuaginta duobus  . 

From  s  book  by  Roberto  de  Litio.    Franz  Ronncr,  Venice,  1472. 


much  smaller  in  size,  and  of  the  condensed  gothic 
face  or  style  then  in  favor  as  the  only  proper  char- 
acter for  service  books  of  devotion  or  of  theology. 
There  were  many  printers  in  Italy  during  the  last 
quarter  of  the  fifteenth  century  who  were  not  content 
with  the  mean  position  and  scant  wording  of  the  tra- 
ditional colophon.  Some  of  them  tried  to  vary  the 
usual  form  of  words,  and  to  make  the  colophon  more 
attractive  by  putting  it  in  metre.  Franz  Renner  and 
the  brothers  Speyer  of  Venice,  Ulric  Hahn  of  Rome, 
and  others  gave  to  the  reader  colophons  in  metre 
that  call  for  merciful  criticism.   They  did  their  best. 


PAGE   FROM   "TITLE-PAGES"  (THE  OROLIER   CLUB)  PRINTED   IN 
THE  "RENNER"  TYPE  DESIGNED  BY  THEODORE  LOW  DE  VINNE 


264 


II 

THOUGHTS  ON  ART 


*  * 
* 


HE  painter's  work  will  be  of  lit-  Paint- 
tie  merit  if  he  takes  the  paint-  i^^g 
ing  of  others  as  his  standard,  ^^' 
but  if  he  studies  from  nature  ^''"^^ 
he  will  produce  good  fruits;  as  ^  ^" 
is  seen  in  the  case  of  the  paint-  ^ 
ers  oT  the  age  after  the  Romans,  who  continued  to  ^j 
imitate  one  another  and  whose  art  consequently 
declined  from  age  to  age.  After  these  came  G  iotto 
the  Florentine,  who  was  born  in  the  lonely  moun- 
tains, inhabited  only  by  goats  and  similar  ani- 
mals; and  he,  being  drawn  to  his  art  by  nature, 
began  to  draw  on  the  rocks  the  doings  of  the 
goats  of  which  he  was  the  keeper;  and  thus  he 
likewise  began  to  draw  all  the  animals  which  he 
met  with  in  the  country:  so  that  after  long  study 
he  surpassed  not  only  all  the  masters  of  his  age, 
but  all  those  of  many  past  centuries.  After  him 
art  relapsed  once  more,  because  all  artists  imi- 
tated the  painted  pictures,  and  thus  from  cen- 
tury to  century  it  went  on  declining,  until  Tomaso 
the  Florentine,  called  Masaccio,  proved  by  his 
perfecft  work  that  they  who  set  up  for  them- 
selves a  standard  other  than  nature,  the  mistress 
of  all  masters,  labour  in  vain. 

59 


MERRYMOUNT   PRESS:    PAGE    FROM    "THE    HUMANISTIC   LIBRARY"   PRINTED 
IN  THE    "MONTALLEGRO"   TYPE  DESIGNED    BY    HERBERT   P.    HORNE 

265 


THE    T1L1UMTHS    OP 
TILANCESCO    TETILA'R.CH 

FL01LENT1NE    TOET    LAUILEATE 

TTLANSLATED  BY  HENILY  BOYD 

WITH    AN    INTTLODUCTION 

BY   DOCTOIL    GUIDO   B1AG.1 

LIBILAILIAN    OP    THE 

TLO  YAL    MEDICEAN 

LAURENTIAN  LIBRARY 

FLOILENCE 


1MPR.1NTED  FOR.   LITTLE   BROWN  AND 

COMPANY    BOSTON    MASSACHUSETTS 

BY  THE  UN1VER.S1TY  PRESS  CAMBR.1DGE  U-S-A- 


TITLE-PAGE  FROM  "THE  TRIUMPHS  OF  FRANCESCO  PETRARCH  "  (LITTLE. 
BROWN  AND  CO.  AND  JOHN  MURRAY)  PRINTED  IN  THE  "HUMANISTIC" 
TYPE    DESIGNED   BY   WILLIAM    DANA   ORCUTT 

266 


HETLE  AUSTICIOUSLY  BEGINNETH 
T  H  E    T1LIUMTH    OF    LOVE 

BY    riLANCESCO    TEtlLAB^CH 
■FLO'B.ENTINE  TOET  LAUILEATE 

PAR.T  ONE  OF  THE  TE-IUMPH  OF  LOVE 

Tslel  tempo  cbe  rinnouak.  t  mvei  sosptri 

HE  PATAL  MOILN 
ING  DAWN'D  THAT 
BILOUGHT  AGAIN*  THE 
SAD  M  EM01L1AL  OV 
MY    ANCIENT    TAIN 

Tbait  day,  tbe  source  of  long-protracted  woe". 
When  I  beoan  tbe  plaoties  of  Love  to  know, 

Hyperion's  throne^  along  tbe  a2:ure  field, 
Between  tbe  splendid  boms  of  Taunis  wbeel'd; 

And  from  ber  spotise  tbe  Queen  of  Morn  witbdrew 
Her  sandals,  oemm'd  witb  frost-bespangled  dew. 

Sad  recollection,  rising  witb  tbe  morn. 
Of  my  disastrous  love,  repaid  witb  scorn, 

*  The  anniuersarv  of  April  6,  when  bis  passion  for  l_aura  commenced. 


PAGE  FROM  "the  TRIUMPHS  OF  FRANCESCO  PETRARCH"  (LITTLE, 
BROWN  AND  CO.  AND  JOHN  MURRAY)  PR  INTED  I  N  THE  "  HUM  AN  ISTIC  " 
TYPE    DESIGNED    BY   WILLIAM    DANA   ORCUTT 

267 


^fc3 


UI 

D 
I 
Q 
O 

o 
o 

cc 
o 

z 

> 

en 
O 
cc 

a 


CQ 


< 

Q  03 

liJ  ^ 

z  - 

o  < 

en  Q 

LU  u 

Q  CC 


Q 

z 
< 

IE 
U 
Q 
OC 
O 
CQ 


LU 

I 
u. 
O 

en 
O 

z 
o 

cd 
O 


III 
D 
I 
Q 
O 

o 
o 

cc 
o 

z 

UJ 

> 

05 

o 

a:  ^ 

o  >■ 
< 

2  Q 
< 

a:  Q 

I-  z 

cc  < 

UJ  ^ 

m  Q 

z 

>-  < 

m  _i 

Q    D. 
LU    o 

z  o 

O  -' 

If)   '■ 
Hi  cr 
Q    u 


cc 
O 


H 

z 

Q 
Z 
< 

CC 
UJ 

o 

IT 
O 

CQ 


268 


1 

X 

1 

0) 

1 

<l^    >-.  bJO  I    ^ 

00   r?  ^  o    hn 

1— ' 

>. 

r^ 

^:^ 

o  mind  some 
evils,  which. 

n 

T3 

OJ 

^- 

CJ 
TO 
CU 

CU 

> 

TO 

►-M 

Z 

o 

>^ 

r- 

O 

P3 

■a 
o 

>^ 

o 

TO    cx-ts  'rZ::  ^  '~ 

6  ^  H  --  TO  rt 

.1::    C      •    P  T3    ^ 
QJ    ^  ^  J5    g   2 

o 

'to 

TO 

o 

o 

O 
"u 

CD 

Cu 

•P^  P 

I- 

!U 
4-' 

o 

C/3 

-a 
o 

O 

o 

■4-> 

o 

JO 

o 

fa 

1-1 

h-1 

w 
u 

o 

H 

> 

o 

O           Fi 

C3 

r- 

o 
> 
o 

03 

C! 
O 

IS 
o 

3 
O   " 

TO 

4-1 
-t-J 

o 

.ti    ^    ^      TO      rt     >^ 

^    £    ^    §    bJD^ 

+^      TO     -^      r-      ^^ 

o 

•4— > 

(—1 

o 
a, 

TO 
I—- 

TO 
r- 

> 

TO 

o; 
o 

P 
o 

CD 

.2 
"> 

<u 

TO 

TO 

TO  "5 
J=.    o 

P   o 
o  ^ 

*^  'to 
CO     <U 

-  —       1^ 

»-^      <— < 

C/D 

o    ^ 

C/5       C 

p   £ 

'TO      O 

TO 

CJ 
TO 

c/^ 

-1— 1 

-T3 
O 

C/2 

>— < 

•4-' 

TO 
+-> 

ri 

^^ 

TO 
CU 

r3 

c2 

In 

O 

CU 

Q, 
on 

w 

^ 

O 

05 

£ 

^ 

S 

o 

C/3 

O     >;      cri      n    ^      ^ 

-c 

1-1 

P  -P 

CJ     c^o 

O 

CU 

-4—' 

p 

U^ 

W 

-1 

'qj 

C/2 

TO 

TO 

CU   --3 
CU    ^ 

4-* 

r^ 

bJO 

Q, 

H 

> 

» 

-O 

(J 

C/3 

ti. 

W 

^    re    >    ^  u.- 
^  ^  o   £   ^ 

P 

(U 

TO 

4— » 

TO 

o 

(— ' 

■4-' 

<U 

GJ 
S-i 
O 

P 

o 

'^     TO 

4-f    , 

^^ 

TO 

P   ^+- 
^     O 

(U      CJ 

Ei  p 

TO      O 

C/3       TO 

TO     cTf 

o;  -a 
>^  o 

o 

"zy  c/2 

CU 

>-> 

P 
^^ 

(-« 
■♦-> 

I—" 

o 

-4—1 
C/2 

TO 

r— ' 
TO 

£ 

CJ 

1 

«*- 
o 

CU 

TO 

< 

y^ 

5"  -^ 

55 

3     ^     C     o     ^ 

CU         OJ         r^      ^ 

■5-S  i  5  8 

3    , — ■      O      CU      Qj 

•  — •; 

a 

?==^ 

^ 

<U 
> 

■4—' 

1—" 
^1 

X2  -4^    O  -O    i. 

O 

^^ 

CJ      CJ 

-.=     CI, 

4^ 

TO 

P    be 

3     > 

TO      >, 

— "  -a 

■^    <u  - 


J=        TO        rH 

"5     c^ 


CU  u 

p  c 

*-  a; 

■4-1  ^3 

TO  CJ 

-C  CJ 

<u  ^ 

"  "^ 

t,  O 

> 

•-  o 

4^  -3 


3 
O 

> 
a. 

UJ 


lU 

I 
I- 


Q 
UJ 

h 

z 

a. 
a. 

CO 
UJ 

a 
< 

CL 

C3 


Ul 

I 
Q 
O 
O 

a 

K 
O 

z 

111    LLI 

a.  > 


CO 

O 
K 
(9 

S 
< 

H 
a. 

Ul 
0) 

> 
m 

Q 
Ui 

z 
a 

CO 
Ul 
Q 

Ul 

a. 
>- 
I- 


;z: 

i 

w 

J 

^ 

< 

CQ 

< 

Pi 

^a^ 

(X) 

O 

P3 

o 

W 
H 

>" 

^ 

o 

"" 

< 

<: 

o 

i 

Q 

< 

H 

Q 

X 

O 

< 

!!! 

H 

w 

CO 

O 


in 
W 

O  Q    ^ 

Q  ;2;  o 

D  <    O 

1-5  cq 

S  p 

GO  fc 


r^— — 

LVCERNA 
PEDIBVS 

jS| 

r ^y X 

jjl 

1' 

< 

a, 
O 


269 


'|[§g>ToXoXoXoToXolgIo:S>IoXoXo^^^ 


ANDREW   CAMPBELL 

To  fully  approciiitc  tlie  extent  of  Ihe  scr\ices  reiulereil  l)y  Andrew  Cnniplx'll. 
founder  of  the  Campbell  Couipnny,  to  the  priiitinj;  art,  it  is  only  necessary  to 
imagine  for  a  moment  what  the  present  state  of  that  art  would  be  wtr«  it  not 
for  two,  at  least,  of  the  many  inventions  and  devices  of  which  he  was  the 
orifjinator.  The  Two-Uevolution  IV-ss  and  the  use  of  "hard  packiuf;"  are  due 
entirely  to  his  ingenuity.  It  was  Andrew  (.'ampbeirwho.  impressed  by  the  idea  that 
speed,  as  well  as  impressional  power,  miglit  be  made  a  concomitant  of  a  Cylinder  Press, 
invented  the  "  two-revoUition  "  machine,  the  principle  of  which  is  now  in  such  universal 
use  that  the  class  has  lieeome  the  standard  one  of  the  world.  It  was  Andrew  CamplKll, 
again,  who  conceived  the  idea  that  a  Ix'lter  i-esult  could  be  obtained  if  to  the  printing 
surface  were  opposetl  a  hard  in  place  of  a  sort  and  yielding  packing.  To  put  this 
revolutionary  idea  into  effect  necessitated  the  strengthening  ot"  the  machine  to  such  an 
extent  a.s  to  enable  it  to  adequately  withstand  the  increased  pn'ssure  reijuisite.  and  to 
build  a  machine  of  this  nature  cost  Campbell  a  hiuxJ  struggle  and  the  work  of  a 
number  of  years.  Kientually,  however,  he  was  victorious;  and  lus  a  result  the  rubber 
blanket  and  the  felt  sheet  are  to-day  relegated  to  use  upon  newspajKT  presses  alone. 
Hut  these,  though  the  chief,  are  not  the  only  advantJiges  tl>c  printing  trade  owes  to 
Andrew  Campbell.  It  was  he,  for  instance,  w-ho  invented  the  front  fly  delivery  and 
was  the  first  to  deliver  the  printed  sheet  in  such  a  fashion  as  to  obviate  the  pos.sibility 
of  the  freshly  inked  surface  coming  into  contnet  with  any  part  of  the  machine.  : 

Of  Campbell's  early  history.little  that  is  definite  is  known.  He  is  believed  to  have 
been  l)orn  in  .Nlissouri.  and  as  a  lad  to  have  been  apprenticed  to  a  blacksmith.  It  is 
known  that  later  on  he  appeared  in  New  York  imd  worked  as  a  machinist  in  the 
printing-press  maimfactory  of  A.  H.  Taylor.  It  was  while  he  was  employed  there 
that  .Moses  Beach  of  the  Sun  offered  a  pri/.f  for  a  successful  cylinder  press  adapted 
for  use  by  small  newspa|)ers.  It  wius  this  offer  that  U'd  Ciunpbell  to  invent  and  to 
successfully  develop  his  Country  Press,  which  bus  subsequently  become  famous,  and  of 
which  there  are  nearly  5000  in  use  to-day. 


i-i^irmrxinn 


V  ^ '-  g  •     -^    '^^ 


'•<¥  " «|» 


•J"  •.r'"u"-'v  '  'J'  'S-  '■•ji''':i^«'!^''''^'-ry^''<''ii''>''ii'ii'«^^'Ai^\i''''^''>'{)'-''\f'''y'''y''''\j'''''\f''«'[ 


i 


f»5?4^ 


^^^ig^^e 


i 


K.S.JCaa  A33.JVAJ1.JL.-. 


a?°«a^-'W,;iT^iJULJtMJiroangiiT3tKJiBH3CJija.Jiim.'njiii.Jui 


PAGE    DESIGNED   BY   WILL   BRADLEY 
FROM    "THE   CAMPBELL   BOOK  " 


270 


A      >**/  _ 


ter 


A  HutOVf^qf^ViVYOYU^ 

JiioKVl-^  Confdinin^  the  second  part  of  {he  reijn  of  TlTEK, 
theHeadstronst,  and  \i\%  qallanf ac^evemenfs  on  fhe  Delaware. 

Chaptep^I'^  In  which  is  exhibifed  Awarhke  por€ra'i€  of 
thej^reaf  PeteiK:-  and  how  general  Van  Ta^enburyh 
distinguished  himself  ^t  Tor€  Casimir     -^^  ^^   ^-^^ 

ITHERTO,  most  venerable  and  courte- 
ous reader,  have  I  shown  thee  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  valorous  Stuyvesant, 
under  the  mild  moonshine  of  peace,  or 
rather  the  grim   tranquillity  of  awful 
expectation  ;    but  now  the  war-drum 
rumbles  from  afar,  the  brazen  trumpet 
brays  its  thrilling  note,  and  the   rude 
clash    of   hostile    arms    speaks    fearful 
prophecies  of  coming  troubles.      The 
gallant  warrior  starts  from  soft  repose, 
from  golden   visions,   and  voluptuous 
I   ease;   where,  in  the  dulcet,  "piping  time  of  peace,"  he  sought  sweet 
solace  alter  all  his  toils.      No  more  in  beauty's  syren  lap  reclined,  he 
weaves  fair  garlands  for  his  lady's  brows;    no  more  entwines  with  flow- 
ers his  shining  sword,  nor  through  the  livelong  lazy  summer's  day  chants 
forth  his  lovesick  soul  in  madrigals.      To  manhood  roused,  he  spurns 
the  amorous  flute;    doffs  from  his  brawny  back  the  robe  of  peace,  and 
clothes  his  pampered  limbs  in  panoply  ot  steel.      O'er  his  dark  brow, 
where  late  the  myrtle  waved,  where  wanton  roses  breathed  enervate 
love,  he  rears  the   beaming  casque   and   nodding  plume;   grasps  the 
bright  shield  and  shakes  the  ponderous  lance;   or  mounts  with  eager 
pride  his  fiery  steed,  and  burns  for  deeds  of  glorious  chivalry! 
But  soft,  worthy  reader !    I  would  not  have  you  imagine,  that  any  preux 
chevalier,  thus  hideously  begirt  with  iron,  existed  in  the  city  of  New- 
Amsterdam.      This  is  but  a  lofty  and  gigantic  mode  in  which  heroic 
writers  always   talk  of  war,  thereby  to  give  it  a  noble  and  imposing 
aspect;    equipping  our  warriors  with  bucklers,  helms,  and  lances,  and 
such  like  outlandish  and  obsolete  weapons,  the  like  of  which  perchance 
they  had  never  seen  or  heard  of;   in  the  same  manner  that  a  cunning 


^;t\iiU: 


\1 


BORDER   AND    INITIAL   LETTER    DESIGNED   BY   WILL 
BRADLEY.      FROM    "THE   CAMPBELL   BOOK" 


271 


CD  '-> 
CE  O 

UJ  o 


o 
o 

IT 

LU 
O 
D 
cc 
m 

>• 


Q  O 

lU  I- 

2  I 

o  o 

UJ  O 

Q  I 

lU  - 

O  UJ 

<  z 

a  o 

ui  < 


H 

t- 

Q 
2 
< 


UJ 

O 

LU 


05 

< 

05 
Q.  05 
05  UJ 

h  - 

2  S 

O  o 

a:  DT 

u-  u. 


272 


c 

<u 


U-1 

rt 

h 

O 

Cu 

C 

< 

3 

X 

s 

u 

8 

H 

c 

<u 

to 

H 

ai 

trt 

C 

<u 

w 

s 

X 

S2 

h 

> 

CO 


i.-rt     Wi^     ^2     C     >_§       .-T3       . 
^     C     bO  O     rt     c 

lu   K    c  ':3    i:    ■ 


-  O  <u  -C 

C^^     C        <U  *_•  4-1 

c    0,-0  y  ^  c 

-  y  S  ^  "" 


o 


S   y   c  >  -Si    S   o 


C 


Irt 


C 

S 

H      <L1      P    -"      (X.    5J 


o     -     g     5     ^ 


^  y  £  -^  P-  5 


---2  wi^S  a 
■2'S  e|  S^ 

Q    rt  -T3      .    C    Cu 
■^    ,«    C    >"  O 

2  c  S  .S  o  g^ 

-H     r>     r-     Qrt     C     ►-'-I 


c3 

«  c  ^  5*    "  C 

^  -c  S  - .  -t3  2 

_i  -t;  c  c   o  tj 

<ij  c  c  ii   o  'r 

"/i  C  ri  C     *-■  ■*■ 

j5  '^  w  ti    <^  -^ 


rt     D     g     U     ^ 

4-t     '^         ■- 


■^  -2  -«   o 
-5  o  E  -Q 


^^ 


^  J3  S 

■i-  <u  3  O 
O  _C  o  "^ 
wl     *-•      U   — H 

<2     t^     C   ■—   'C 
C    o  fc  -C     V 

'^   r^  o  -rt   3 
^'  ^-^^  ^ 


^3  ^ 

-   „  ri-   o  ,c 

O-  cj     C     ti  _-  4-. 

.      -  ^   <u   y  (/i 

-G     u     ,      tJ     C  ni 

■n   5  rt 


p-^'Er? 


•^     u    ^   .''     C'^ 
>^  bO  3    g  ^  t^ 


-3 

3 

4-t 
1-1 

> 

t^ 
4-* 
o 
c 

o 
o 

4-* 

(J 

<u 
Cl. 


!r        ~    ^    S    o 

-5  -e  2  ^  J!  .CO 

_rt   ^   ""  ^  T^  _S 

eg     O  J3     >  [-( 

'^     rt     £^  V  'o      . 

4-r  "->   -1  ■;^   i^  ~o 
c  to   ^S   ^   c 

s  I  ^  ^  e:H 

c   "   2   ^   ^   c 

J3     <«  '^     3     W     O 


(U      "U      QJ     *-• 

2  2   ^  E 

o    c    '^^ 


-a 
c 

-c  -a 


bo 


o  .S 


3  3  „ 


y        U        Q     J^     ,0        P        I/, 

^    ^    <«    C  -O  .j2  -3 

-H  u^   •—     rt     S     ^     "» 


"^  1=:  :s  f.  o  ^ 


I  ^  ^-^ 

2     3     3     O 

-§  ,0  ■/!  ^ 

■  ?     (u  ^     3 
-    >     O     O 

,3  S^^> 

■4-1     rj     (/I 


ii  o  c  ^^  C 

-T3  C  3  -y  ^  -5 

>  4-^  4-.  r  1    >-  cj 

C  bOi^J  u    C  (u 

C  3  "rl  '-' 

Z*  (/^  '^     _  c 

4>  J2  -p  j:  c  g 


O    <-■    O  ^  C  'r 

-  1  c  e  ^  ^ 

tS  ••5    ^    ■'  -  ^ 
C     v^ 

--•6<5  e  s  8 


4-t         t.         *-• 

U    c    "u    E 

."2   4-r  'B-.-rt 
?    Cu  r  ^ 

X  C     rt     t« 


2     ^ 


fe    «    !«    2i 

ogee 


X    11 
"^     ^  u. 

_^  C     3  ^ 


-C-^ 


^  2  'A'^'^ 


oj   !>  4->   u.   -^^y-  4-.  t, 
2  .;i2  —  'cL-^.  y  >>  £ 


c   3 


3 
.0 

'So 


O     «     O     ? 


■^  W  2"  cL 


■u 


O     3 


3 

£  =<i2  2 

o  cu 

-T3  -C  "2  OJ 

"^    in     cj  4.> 


0) 

IT 
UJ 
O 

o 
a: 

UJ 

O 

D 

q: 

en 

> 

CQ 

Z    O 
05    Q 

u  z 

Q    < 

UJ   z 
Q-   _l 

I-  u. 


ii  o 

<  H 

\-  I 

z  0 

O  3 

2  O 

:  I 

UJ  - 

I 
I- 

z  o 

< 

Q  H 

UJ  z 

I-  O 

2  5 


UJ 


"-   O 
a.  o) 


ui  o 

Q.    CC 
O    U- 


W 

Q 
< 
w 

W 

X 

O 

H 

0^ 
O 

:i: 

H 
D 
< 

H 


^ 


55: 

F 

?> 

.-H       s 


to         '^ 

^  s 


s^  s 


b. 


■:S    ?>  I— I    bo 
1^ 


09 


<3 


■^ 

* 


■^ 
s 


>3      b 


Q     ~«; 


5$     Q 


?"   s   s 


^3 


«3 


W 

O 
< 
w 

pi 


t-'      ^      K; 


^  ?.  s 

:-       ^ 


^ 


^3 


J3 


5j     ^ 


1^ 


a 


bo 


bo 

5? 


^ 


>3 


■^     -^ 


a    S  .« 


«  <:  ^ 

*  »-♦  &*  '^ 

^  §  -S 

<_  a  "v. 


a 


S  ■<: 


s 
a 


^        •  IS* 

5^     Si 


<:    a 


§  1—1 


-7  "N     *^ 

-V.  ^       « 

■^  "^    >. 

^  a  tS 


•S 


I— (    S^ 
I      1^ 


Q    Q    S 


k 

Q 
.« 


a 


^ 

"vi 

•^ 


<4j 
.?> 
<: 

^    >3    -^ 
^      «3     "^ 

.Q  (A  55 
^    5    ^ 


^  -<i    a 

S    S    "-> 
Pi  ^  s 


I 

,? 


7^    a 

bo 


CO 

'a 

.55 


$> 


^1- 


■>3 
L*0 


a 


8 


a 

•S    s; 
•^  a 


5:^ 


'^ 


k    >;   "^     O 


"■   ^    O 


•^ 


^ 


< 

z 

o 


bo  V, 

I    ^ 


LO 


273 


1 

1 


^^^O 

ais^^5^s^?»«^ 

^^^^^s 

fjfc/^^r^ 

^^ER 

^^^ 

^^^H 

^^^^^ 

^^^^^^ 

i 

^ 

m 

INITIAL  LETTERS    DESIGNED    BY    BRUCE    ROGERS.      FROM 
"ESSAYS. OF   MONTAIGNE  "(HOUGHTON,  MIFFLIN  AND  CO.) 


274 


Q 

D 
H 

CO 

CO 
CO 

u 
d: 


O 


I 


co 

UJ 
CO 

< 

o 


Q 

z 


275 


o 

Q 

h 
03 

CO 
CO 
HI 
(T 

0. 

z 
o 

H 

Q. 

2 


LU 

I 
h 
>- 

m 
en 

UJ 

en 
< 

o 

6 

z 

D 

Z 


-a«&!r-.";2:-:i.'.".'  i-^:  •^-wrsBn- 


"N\\ 


^^ 


-'^    ^^^- 


276 


i